Latest / Dissonant Whispers: A DnD Actual Play Podcast / Ep 16: Four Kings and a Funeral

Transcript

Ep 16: Four Kings and a Funeral · Dissonant Whispers: A DnD Actual Play Podcast

• 0:30
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, so you guys have finally exited out of the Dwarven mines.
• 0:36
  SPEAKER_11: That dungeon crawl is finished.
• 0:39
  SPEAKER_11: Planar Vanguard now emerges into the cold winter air at Winter Forge to a wrestling, bustling town, as there are preparations underway for the King's Wake, as well as there seems to be a very heated argument and debate inside the royal tent over who the next king of Winter Forge should be.
• 1:00
  SPEAKER_11: While it doesn't appear like the Planar Vanguard has a hat in this game, your opinion probably carries much weight.
• 1:11
  SPEAKER_11: It is not lost on you now that you are in the middle of what looks to be a political issue inside a village.
• 1:21
  SPEAKER_11: With they're about to be awake, and who knows what happens after that.
• 1:29
  SPEAKER_11: As you guys emerge, Drax doubles over and grabs his gut and goes, Brother! I've got diarrhea! And he runs off back to the place where he's staying and is unable to join the group.
• 1:48
  SPEAKER_14: I uh shake my head in uh in disbelief as I've never seen Dirax have this kind of stomach issue before.
• 1:55
  SPEAKER_07: He licked the wall.
• 1:57
  SPEAKER_11: He was he had such bad diarrhea that he spawned his Echo Knights to open the doors for him so he didn't have to take his hands away from his image.
• 2:06
  SPEAKER_03: It was worse than, you know, almost dying fighting a dragon.
• 2:10
  SPEAKER_03: Maybe that brought it on.
• 2:12
  SPEAKER_08: That might be actually.
• 2:14
  unknown: That was pretty bad.
• 2:15
  SPEAKER_14: It turns out it actually scared the shit out of him.
• 2:17
  SPEAKER_08: Hey!
• 2:20
  SPEAKER_14: Nice.
• 2:23
  SPEAKER_14: No, we've had Ledrass' absence.
• 2:25
  SPEAKER_14: Alright, what would you guys like to do?
• 2:28
  SPEAKER_08: Well, I know that we are all absolutely exhausted.
• 2:34
  SPEAKER_08: And we haven't had a rest in a very long time.
• 2:37
  SPEAKER_08: So I highly suggest that we all you know head to head to rest for the night.
• 2:45
  SPEAKER_09: Even though it's morning.
• 2:47
  SPEAKER_11: Uh it's evening.
• 2:48
  SPEAKER_11: It's evening for the morning.
• 2:48
  SPEAKER_09: Oh, I thought they said that we'd come out and it was the next morning.
• 2:52
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, it could be morning.
• 2:53
  SPEAKER_11: It doesn't really matter.
• 2:54
  SPEAKER_11: You guys came out, you're exhausted.
• 2:55
  SPEAKER_11: Everyone's running around with their heads cut off.
• 2:58
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, I think I did say morning, yes.
• 3:00
  SPEAKER_11: Did we take a short rest before we left?
• 3:02
  SPEAKER_08: No.
• 3:03
  SPEAKER_08: We are we see an adult post-dragon bite and we are exhausted.
• 3:07
  SPEAKER_08: We have nothing.
• 3:08
  SPEAKER_08: We didn't need to rest.
• 3:10
  SPEAKER_08: No, I do need, please, if somebody would be willing, because uh, I mean, Drax is having the shits.
• 3:16
  SPEAKER_08: So if somebody else could come with Einar and I so that I could do my evening meditation, even though it's morning.
• 3:23
  SPEAKER_08: But uh, my pre-rest meditation, I would greatly appreciate that.
• 3:28
  SPEAKER_03: Sure, I'll join you guys, I guess.
• 3:30
  unknown: Okay.
• 3:30
  SPEAKER_08: Thank you, world.
• 3:31
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 3:32
  SPEAKER_03: Einar is uh Yeah, I guess I can come with you guys.
• 3:35
  SPEAKER_08: Einar did not get an option.
• 3:36
  SPEAKER_14: Einar's clutching his kind of clenching his hands on the uh side of the mine and the stone, just still grounding himself from the uh the rage and the experience of the bat.
• 3:46
  SPEAKER_14: And I'll just mutter kind of out loud.
• 3:49
  SPEAKER_14: Should we consider stopping by the tent and seeing what's going on?
• 3:53
  SPEAKER_14: No, we're back up.
• 3:54
  SPEAKER_14: And he just nods towards the the commotion going on in the uh in the royal tent area.
• 4:01
  SPEAKER_08: Well, I have a literal splitting headache bleeding from my ears and nose.
• 4:10
  SPEAKER_14: Which we should talk about, but when you rescue.
• 4:14
  SPEAKER_07: Also, I'm not in my elf form right now, so I'm gonna skedaddle.
• 4:21
  SPEAKER_01: So Delphine's got her hood up and she's kind of tucking down and she just wants to go.
• 4:26
  SPEAKER_14: At that, I do look around to see if anyone was taking extra notice of uh the tiefling among us.
• 4:34
  SPEAKER_11: Um maybe a couple of people like to give a sideways glance, like, what did I just see?
• 4:41
  SPEAKER_11: Um, but nothing that I think Delphine's pretty adept at hiding herself and cloaking herself when she does not want to be seen, so cool.
• 4:52
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 4:52
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander uh approaches Delphine and takes a piece of linen from her pocket, wipes the blood from her face.
• 5:02
  SPEAKER_08: I mean, I have my own handkerchief, but I appreciate it.
• 5:04
  SPEAKER_08: She just babies Delphine a little bit, a little bit of coddling.
• 5:08
  SPEAKER_08: You really need to go rest.
• 5:10
  SPEAKER_08: I understand you are of you know, you're you're not able to help us any with how exhausted you are.
• 5:17
  SPEAKER_08: You have to rest.
• 5:18
  SPEAKER_08: And I am so I don't already have a mirror.
• 5:20
  SPEAKER_08: That doesn't drain you so much.
• 5:21
  SPEAKER_08: You know, please, please just rest.
• 5:25
  SPEAKER_08: And then I put the kerchief back in my cup pocket.
• 5:28
  SPEAKER_07: Um, before I go to rest, though, I would like to knock on Drax's door and quickly steal the items we need to identify out of the bag holding.
• 5:36
  SPEAKER_07: We need the bag holding with him.
• 5:37
  SPEAKER_07: I just I'm gonna identify those when I wake up.
• 5:39
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, you just you just hear him, don't come in! And he just throws the bag your direction.
• 5:45
  SPEAKER_07: Just take the bags, pulls it up, take it.
• 5:47
  SPEAKER_07: Take what I need out of the bag.
• 5:49
  SPEAKER_07: Okay.
• 5:50
  SPEAKER_14: Oh god.
• 5:52
  SPEAKER_14: Just keep the bag.
• 5:53
  SPEAKER_07: Just keep the bag.
• 5:56
  SPEAKER_14: Drunken, since we'll be doing a ritual with Oleander, did you maybe want to stop by the tent and just let whoever's in charge know that we're back up and that their dragons back in working order?
• 6:09
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, I could do that, and then after the case.
• 6:10
  SPEAKER_14: Make sure we take the credit for it.
• 6:12
  SPEAKER_04: One of these dwarves.
• 6:12
  SPEAKER_04: So you're going to the king's tent to let them know that everything's good.
• 6:17
  SPEAKER_04: You guys do your thing, and then I'm gonna go to the blacksmith.
• 6:21
  SPEAKER_03: Okay, I guess, yeah, sure.
• 6:23
  SPEAKER_03: Well, I can go with Dirk and if that's better.
• 6:25
  SPEAKER_03: No, it's okay.
• 6:26
  SPEAKER_03: I can deal with that.
• 6:27
  SPEAKER_08: We need you for the ritual.
• 6:29
  SPEAKER_08: We can we can all pop into the tent if we want first.
• 6:34
  SPEAKER_08: I just need you to after that with us.
• 6:37
  SPEAKER_03: Okay, got it.
• 6:38
  SPEAKER_03: I got it.
• 6:38
  SPEAKER_03: Whatever's that.
• 6:39
  SPEAKER_03: No, that's fine.
• 6:39
  SPEAKER_03: I'll just come with you guys now.
• 6:40
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 6:41
  SPEAKER_03: You can meet him at the blacksmith afterwards.
• 6:43
  SPEAKER_03: Sure.
• 6:43
  SPEAKER_03: I'm so tired.
• 6:44
  SPEAKER_03: After I guess I don't really know what ritual this is.
• 6:48
  SPEAKER_08: No, you don't, because you haven't actually participated before.
• 6:53
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, true.
• 6:59
  SPEAKER_08: Ritual sacrifice.
• 7:00
  SPEAKER_13: Yeah, it's a good one.
• 7:06
  SPEAKER_03: I think I might need a little more information.
• 7:08
  SPEAKER_11: And I guess it's daylight, but uh, so you're going to the king's tent.
• 7:15
  SPEAKER_11: You two are going together.
• 7:17
  SPEAKER_11: Einar, what are you doing?
• 7:18
  SPEAKER_08: Einar is coming with Rold and Delph and Oleander.
• 7:21
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander, and Delphine's going to nap.
• 7:24
  SPEAKER_11: Going to nap?
• 7:25
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 7:25
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 7:26
  SPEAKER_11: Excellent.
• 7:27
  SPEAKER_11: All right.
• 7:28
  SPEAKER_08: So by nap I mean my four-hour long rest.
• 7:31
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 7:32
  SPEAKER_08: It's a big nap.
• 7:33
  SPEAKER_08: It's a real big nap.
• 7:34
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 7:35
  SPEAKER_11: So we'll start off with uh you're gonna walk towards the tent, you start trudging over, you can hear voices being raised from the inside.
• 7:45
  SPEAKER_11: Um arguing, but more or less like a politically climately charged discussion about where the where the ruling of Winter Forge is gonna go.
• 7:56
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 7:57
  SPEAKER_11: Uh there are two guards at the front.
• 8:00
  SPEAKER_04: At least it's not one that's fired.
• 8:04
  SPEAKER_04: Um I'll walk up to the guard and ask him if the captain is inside.
• 8:08
  SPEAKER_11: Uh no, the captain's not inside.
• 8:12
  SPEAKER_11: There's nobody inside except our dignitaries.
• 8:14
  SPEAKER_04: Okay.
• 8:15
  SPEAKER_11: Do you know where the captain would be?
• 8:18
  SPEAKER_11: Uh I probably uh elsewhere in the city attending to matters of the guard.
• 8:25
  SPEAKER_11: Maybe you can check the barracks if you wish.
• 8:28
  SPEAKER_11: Cool.
• 8:29
  SPEAKER_11: I'll check there afterwards.
• 8:30
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 8:31
  SPEAKER_11: So I'll go to the blacksmith first.
• 8:32
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, so you hand to the blacksmith.
• 8:34
  SPEAKER_04: And then I walk in, and I see the guy who we were chatting with before we left.
• 8:41
  SPEAKER_04: Um, and then I'll walk up to him.
• 8:44
  SPEAKER_04: And I'll hand him the hammer.
• 8:47
  SPEAKER_11: And uh so you hand him his apprentice's hammer.
• 8:50
  unknown: Yes.
• 8:50
  SPEAKER_11: And you watch as his eyes grow large and he goes, Oh, I gotta believe you found it! Oh my stars! I have been curious about that.
• 9:03
  SPEAKER_11: I'll be my apprentice.
• 9:05
  SPEAKER_04: I unfortunately have bad news about your apprentice.
• 9:09
  SPEAKER_04: He is no longer with us.
• 9:12
  SPEAKER_04: My deepest condolences to you for your loss on here.
• 9:17
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, I am sad to hear that.
• 9:20
  SPEAKER_04: Did he go honorably?
• 9:22
  SPEAKER_04: I think so.
• 9:23
  SPEAKER_04: He was intact.
• 9:28
  unknown: You can use it.
• 9:29
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, well you go.
• 9:32
  SPEAKER_11: Uh he's like, oh I thank you.
• 9:36
  SPEAKER_11: What can I do to repay you?
• 9:39
  SPEAKER_04: You know, the hammers when we went down there, that's what you wanted, so that's good to come back.
• 9:47
  SPEAKER_04: Um, we did get the dragon back working, so you should have your forge coming up back soon.
• 9:53
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I I've been wondering what that is.
• 9:56
  SPEAKER_11: The machine started working about an hour ago, but it's not fully charged yet.
• 10:01
  SPEAKER_11: I think maybe he's just warming up or getting better.
• 10:04
  SPEAKER_04: Probably we'll probably take a little time for the dragon to come back, but you should have it back.
• 10:10
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I'll tell you what, then you swing back this way in a month or two, once this is all died down, and I will make you the weapon of your choice.
• 10:20
  SPEAKER_04: Perfect, yeah.
• 10:21
  SPEAKER_04: There's only two things we need is is uh some half plate.
• 10:25
  SPEAKER_04: I don't know if I'm correct, and a good shield for myself.
• 10:30
  SPEAKER_11: I can do that.
• 10:31
  SPEAKER_11: I can do that, son.
• 10:32
  SPEAKER_11: Let me take your measurements.
• 10:34
  SPEAKER_11: And he kind of waddles out from behind you and he kind of measures you up.
• 10:37
  SPEAKER_11: He says, show me how you stand with there with your stats.
• 10:40
  SPEAKER_04: She put the shield out pretty much across.
• 10:45
  SPEAKER_11: And what do you currently have?
• 10:46
  SPEAKER_11: Tower shield?
• 10:47
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 10:47
  SPEAKER_11: I says, Well, do you want it to be like this one, or do you want it to be a little different?
• 10:53
  SPEAKER_04: A little different.
• 10:54
  SPEAKER_04: There is one that I was that I was thinking about, and I we'll have to come back to you to explain it, because I have to remember how it all went.
• 11:05
  SPEAKER_04: We just went through this dungeon and it's just I'm so tired I can't think properly.
• 11:09
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, well, I'll tell you what.
• 11:11
  SPEAKER_11: Do you know the spell message?
• 11:15
  unknown: No.
• 11:15
  SPEAKER_11: Do you know anyone that does?
• 11:17
  SPEAKER_11: Possibly, yes.
• 11:18
  SPEAKER_11: I could talk to When you find out what it is you want, but if you find something that you're outing about, have a message sent to me and I'll start working on it.
• 11:26
  SPEAKER_11: Perfect, I will do that for you.
• 11:28
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, well, I'm indebted to you.
• 11:30
  SPEAKER_11: Thank you, sir.
• 11:31
  SPEAKER_04: You're welcome, and then hopefully this hammer works out for what you need.
• 11:35
  SPEAKER_04: It's going on the wall.
• 11:36
  SPEAKER_10: I will remember him.
• 11:38
  SPEAKER_10: He was a good boy.
• 11:40
  SPEAKER_04: Then I will shake his hand, hand out, put my hand out, Shake's hand, and then all right.
• 11:46
  SPEAKER_11: So you three head off and uh go to do your ritual.
• 11:50
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, we uh just I think it's just gonna be easier if we go to our room.
• 11:55
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 11:56
  SPEAKER_08: Uh roll, just come on.
• 11:58
  SPEAKER_08: Welcome to our humble littlest room abode.
• 12:02
  SPEAKER_08: So that's what I have the biggest room.
• 12:04
  SPEAKER_14: I'm mildly uncomfortable.
• 12:05
  SPEAKER_14: On the way.
• 12:08
  SPEAKER_14: Fall in telepathically and just check on Noctus, considering I haven't since everything happened.
• 12:12
  SPEAKER_14: And just welcome him home and ask him, are you all right after having been torn from us?
• 12:19
  SPEAKER_11: You kind of get the sensation from him that he is feeling reserved and drawn back.
• 12:26
  SPEAKER_11: He's processing what just happened.
• 12:29
  SPEAKER_11: Um, he is very happy that the remnants of Umbrex have survived.
• 12:36
  SPEAKER_11: He's not happy that Ventor is still here.
• 12:40
  SPEAKER_11: He's unhappy about that.
• 12:42
  SPEAKER_11: Uh, he does not like the fact that Ventor is in constant close proximity with him.
• 12:48
  SPEAKER_11: That is a source of contention for him.
• 12:50
  SPEAKER_14: I ask him, are we whole?
• 12:53
  SPEAKER_14: We are.
• 12:56
  SPEAKER_14: Rest.
• 12:59
  unknown: Okay.
• 13:00
  SPEAKER_08: Alright, so uh for my ritual, it's just what I do every um beginning of a long rest.
• 13:09
  SPEAKER_08: How I initiate my long rest.
• 13:12
  SPEAKER_08: And uh since Rol hasn't participated in this before, I just ask you to come in.
• 13:17
  SPEAKER_08: Before we start, Waldina was a one-time thing.
• 13:21
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, I know that I'm just laughing.
• 13:25
  SPEAKER_11: I'm already thinking that is what you think.
• 13:29
  SPEAKER_08: That's what you think.
• 13:30
  SPEAKER_08: Seeing as um and Oleander have had a very good night together.
• 13:36
  SPEAKER_08: Thank you very much.
• 13:37
  SPEAKER_08: That was a very fond memory of mine.
• 13:39
  SPEAKER_08: Um, however, you are no longer obliged to any kind of um escapades with me at this time.
• 13:47
  SPEAKER_08: But if you could just come and sit on the bed, relax, take your shoes off for a little while.
• 13:52
  SPEAKER_08: We're just going to spend an hour and we are going to meditate.
• 13:55
  SPEAKER_08: I would like you to just relax, try and connect with the spirits.
• 14:00
  SPEAKER_14: And just my shoes.
• 14:03
  SPEAKER_14: Just my shoes.
• 14:03
  SPEAKER_08: Just your shoes.
• 14:04
  SPEAKER_08: Uh, please leave everything else on.
• 14:06
  SPEAKER_14: You get a dirty look from Andrew that was just like a what did you just say?
• 14:11
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander thinks that's pretty funny for some reason.
• 14:16
  SPEAKER_08: Alright, and then we uh we do our spirit session where Oleander gets her spell from the spirits.
• 14:23
  SPEAKER_08: We take an hour.
• 14:25
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, take an hour.
• 14:27
  SPEAKER_11: During that hour, Delphine, you are heading back to your room.
• 14:32
  SPEAKER_11: The biggest room.
• 14:33
  SPEAKER_01: The biggest room.
• 14:34
  SPEAKER_01: The nicest room.
• 14:35
  SPEAKER_11: The biggest room.
• 14:36
  SPEAKER_11: As I deserve.
• 14:38
  SPEAKER_11: And as you are, you start to see what looks to be just in front of you, uh, the beginning magical swirl of a teleportation circle that just opens up right in front of you.
• 14:54
  SPEAKER_08: Like in my room?
• 14:55
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 14:56
  SPEAKER_08: That's so rude.
• 14:58
  SPEAKER_07: Didn't even call her, so uh guard is up, ready a fireball.
• 15:04
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 15:05
  SPEAKER_11: And out walks Yulius.
• 15:10
  SPEAKER_07: It's just you.
• 15:12
  SPEAKER_11: Oh.
• 15:14
  SPEAKER_11: Why special I didn't think that I'd be in your room.
• 15:18
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 15:19
  SPEAKER_11: Apologies, that's quite rude.
• 15:21
  SPEAKER_11: I so sorry.
• 15:22
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 15:24
  SPEAKER_11: Um.
• 15:25
  SPEAKER_11: Are the rest of you not about?
• 15:27
  SPEAKER_08: They're all in various states of recovery.
• 15:32
  SPEAKER_11: Oh.
• 15:33
  SPEAKER_08: I was gonna do some sendings to you, I guess I don't have to now.
• 15:36
  SPEAKER_11: Have you uh solved the problem here at Winter Forge?
• 15:40
  SPEAKER_07: Yes, we um cured Worthix of his corruption of Umbrix.
• 15:48
  SPEAKER_11: Oh.
• 15:49
  SPEAKER_07: And he is still alive.
• 15:51
  SPEAKER_11: Ah, well, I am very pleased to hear that.
• 15:54
  SPEAKER_11: Uh I was hoping to catch all of you, but you are just uh as good.
• 15:59
  SPEAKER_11: I'm sure you can pass along.
• 16:02
  SPEAKER_10: Um I don't know what you have planned, but I am here to give you bad news that Sulary Moon has now fallen.
• 16:13
  SPEAKER_01: Has it fallen entirely?
• 16:15
  SPEAKER_11: It is under the control of the orcs, and we are unable to reach anyone on the inside.
• 16:23
  SPEAKER_07: We actually already had been aware of that, and I think I have a theory about what is suppressing any kind of communication.
• 16:33
  SPEAKER_07: There was a device in the mines, and it wasn't so much a complete anti-magic, it was a suppression of magic.
• 16:40
  SPEAKER_07: Oh, okay.
• 16:42
  SPEAKER_07: We were able to turn it off, but I think it is possible that device has been copied by others who've been in the mine ahead of us.
• 16:50
  SPEAKER_11: I went down there to see what I could find out, and uh I believe you are correct.
• 16:57
  SPEAKER_11: There is quite the magical barrier there.
• 17:01
  SPEAKER_11: I'm unable to ascertain what is going on on the inside, but I can tell you what I do know.
• 17:07
  SPEAKER_11: Um, so the the city itself has fallen.
• 17:11
  SPEAKER_11: Um, and the fires that burn, you can still see them in the sky from miles around.
• 17:17
  SPEAKER_11: It is quite horrific.
• 17:20
  SPEAKER_11: The city now stands in shambles, overrun by those powerful, powerful, horrible orcs.
• 17:31
  SPEAKER_11: Lady Kaelin and King Koabar are not been heard from.
• 17:36
  SPEAKER_11: But we are presuming that they are either captured or dead.
• 17:41
  SPEAKER_07: We know Theron's been captured.
• 17:43
  SPEAKER_11: Theron has been captured.
• 17:44
  SPEAKER_11: We have not heard from him as well.
• 17:46
  SPEAKER_11: There are reports of dignitaries that are being held captive inside Soluna Hall, which I'm sure you remember is the center of Silver Remoon, it's the palace.
• 17:58
  SPEAKER_11: The city itself, being very vast, it is tough for our spies to get in and navigate, and none have returned successfully.
• 18:07
  SPEAKER_11: But I think because of your previous knowledge of the city, you'll you would be a massive asset.
• 18:16
  SPEAKER_11: Limited knowledge, but I did want to let you know that there is a small outpost been set up at a camp by a small church just up on the hill that overlooks Silvery Moon.
• 18:32
  SPEAKER_11: It is sheltered.
• 18:35
  SPEAKER_07: There's Warven temple.
• 18:37
  SPEAKER_11: Yes, yes, you know of it.
• 18:39
  SPEAKER_09: We we went there.
• 18:41
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, I see.
• 18:42
  SPEAKER_09: It was a little bit of a mishap with one of my compatriots.
• 18:47
  SPEAKER_11: Well, if you are going to head to Silvery Moon, I suggest you start there.
• 18:51
  SPEAKER_11: There is a group of I would lack a better term, rebels, that are waiting at the outpost called the Moon Wardens.
• 19:01
  SPEAKER_11: They have built up forces to make a counter-attack lying west of the city of the West Gate.
• 19:06
  SPEAKER_11: And if you were to go down, I suggest you would start there.
• 19:11
  SPEAKER_07: I also.
• 19:12
  SPEAKER_07: My parents have a circle in their home.
• 19:16
  SPEAKER_11: I have no previous knowledge of any of the circles, and I have no knowledge if anything like that will work, especially with the barrier up.
• 19:26
  SPEAKER_07: Well, I was able to talk to my father, so he must not be being held where the others are.
• 19:32
  SPEAKER_11: I d I have no knowledge of that, so whatever you can find out, please relay back to us so that we can assemble forces for aid as well.
• 19:41
  SPEAKER_11: But this is all that I know, and I thought that I would come and see where your progress was and let you know of the latest developments.
• 19:50
  SPEAKER_07: We spoke to the dragon.
• 19:52
  SPEAKER_11: The dragon.
• 19:54
  SPEAKER_09: Worthix said that he was very magnanimous to answer some questions after we healed him.
• 20:00
  SPEAKER_11: For a white dragon, that is very rare.
• 20:03
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 20:04
  SPEAKER_11: You must feel very blessed.
• 20:06
  SPEAKER_01: Yes, I would have spoken to him all day, but he probably would have gotten bored, and even me at some point.
• 20:11
  SPEAKER_11: This is probably true.
• 20:12
  SPEAKER_01: Um he said that there was a convergence of power under a silvery moon.
• 20:18
  SPEAKER_11: I believe there might be something, but I have no knowledge of this.
• 20:23
  SPEAKER_11: Do you remember anything from your youth?
• 20:26
  unknown: Do I?
• 20:27
  SPEAKER_12: Probably not.
• 20:28
  SPEAKER_11: Probably not.
• 20:32
  SPEAKER_07: Roll a history check.
• 20:33
  SPEAKER_07: Probably not.
• 20:34
  SPEAKER_07: Um, but he did say that that's where Ashwell was going to.
• 20:40
  SPEAKER_07: He the words that the dragon used was make his palace.
• 20:44
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I can tell you that any information you can get out of Silver Rimoon at the moment will be most helpful if you do decide to go there.
• 20:55
  SPEAKER_11: I know you have other plans.
• 20:57
  SPEAKER_01: That is where I want to go.
• 20:58
  SPEAKER_11: But it is a focal point in the war right now.
• 21:04
  SPEAKER_07: I feel like we've come at the end into this at the end of the war, not at the beginning.
• 21:10
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 21:11
  SPEAKER_11: It has been going on.
• 21:13
  SPEAKER_11: Anyway.
• 21:14
  SPEAKER_11: I've not much else to tell you.
• 21:16
  SPEAKER_11: Do you have any questions for me?
• 21:18
  SPEAKER_01: Oh, I'm sure I do.
• 21:19
  SPEAKER_01: Um, did you know the king's dead?
• 21:22
  SPEAKER_10: I did not know the king was dead.
• 21:24
  SPEAKER_01: Yes, the wretched dawn have been here.
• 21:26
  SPEAKER_01: There was a witch that was under their employ.
• 21:31
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know if Bork killed the king, but the king was killed before we entered the mines.
• 21:35
  SPEAKER_08: And they're currently trying to decide who should take over.
• 21:37
  SPEAKER_10: A blasted Wretched Dawn.
• 21:39
  SPEAKER_10: They are regionals, no bounds.
• 21:42
  SPEAKER_10: They are a cancer we must wipe out.
• 21:45
  SPEAKER_09: Agree.
• 21:47
  SPEAKER_09: How fares Alaney?
• 21:49
  SPEAKER_11: Alaney fares well.
• 21:51
  SPEAKER_11: There seems to be an insurgence of the Obsidian Shadows at the moment that we are trying to squell, but you know.
• 22:00
  SPEAKER_11: They are very, very beguiling.
• 22:03
  SPEAKER_11: They are not easy to find, but we do have our spies in the midst, some of them risen to the ranks, and hopefully we can take them down from the inside.
• 22:14
  SPEAKER_08: How is Annalise?
• 22:15
  SPEAKER_11: She fares very well.
• 22:16
  SPEAKER_11: Her studies are going strongly.
• 22:18
  SPEAKER_11: She has been in the danger room now that we have fixed the previous errors.
• 22:23
  SPEAKER_11: And she is getting stronger, and she is getting more, I would say, attuned to her specific skill.
• 22:30
  SPEAKER_11: We have been asking her to check on random children to see if she is able to find the ones that are marked.
• 22:38
  SPEAKER_11: And we are protecting them.
• 22:40
  SPEAKER_11: And your children that you have sent us are also well cared for.
• 22:44
  SPEAKER_01: Have their families come to them or did that not ever?
• 22:49
  SPEAKER_11: We got a few of them back to their homes, but I'm sad to say the vast majority are orphans.
• 23:00
  SPEAKER_11: We will take care of them inside the uh school of magic, I guess.
• 23:08
  SPEAKER_11: They have a home with us.
• 23:10
  SPEAKER_08: Anything else to ask?
• 23:11
  SPEAKER_08: I'm sure moment you leave, I'll think of something.
• 23:17
  SPEAKER_11: I would like an update on what you choose to do.
• 23:20
  SPEAKER_11: And if you are going to head to Silver Rimoon, then perhaps I can send aid in your direction.
• 23:27
  SPEAKER_01: That's certainly where I want to head.
• 23:29
  SPEAKER_01: Alright.
• 23:30
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I am required back at the ministry, so if there's nothing else, I will leave you to it.
• 23:37
  SPEAKER_01: Thank you.
• 23:38
  SPEAKER_11: He turns and as he's about to leave, he stops and he goes, Oh, and one more thing.
• 23:46
  SPEAKER_11: If you do see Theron, tell him I would like a word.
• 23:50
  SPEAKER_11: And he just goes through the portal and it shuts.
• 23:53
  SPEAKER_08: You're gonna have to get in line.
• 23:56
  SPEAKER_08: I need several.
• 23:59
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, and so then he vanishes, and you are once again alone in your room.
• 24:06
  SPEAKER_01: Well, now I don't have to do any settings to him because he so kindly came.
• 24:12
  SPEAKER_07: But I guess right now she is absolutely exhausted.
• 24:16
  SPEAKER_01: Big freaking headache, and she's gonna go try and rest.
• 24:21
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 24:22
  SPEAKER_11: You've got your time.
• 24:23
  SPEAKER_11: These guys have got their hour.
• 24:25
  SPEAKER_11: Dr.
• 24:26
  SPEAKER_11: and you're heading back.
• 24:27
  SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna go to the barracks to see if the captain's there first.
• 24:31
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, you go to the barracks.
• 24:33
  SPEAKER_11: The captain, uh, he is there.
• 24:36
  SPEAKER_04: I just wanna give him a an update that the dragon is back to normal.
• 24:44
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, that's good to hear.
• 24:47
  SPEAKER_11: I don't know what we would have done had it not come about.
• 24:50
  SPEAKER_11: So I am indebted to you.
• 24:52
  SPEAKER_11: Thank you.
• 24:53
  SPEAKER_11: You're welcome.
• 24:53
  SPEAKER_11: It wasn't easy, but you should have your forge up soon.
• 24:57
  SPEAKER_11: Well, we'll see what happens with these new kings.
• 25:00
  SPEAKER_11: Gods know they can make a decision if their lives depended on it.
• 25:04
  SPEAKER_11: I understand that.
• 25:05
  SPEAKER_11: We will find out after the King's Week.
• 25:08
  SPEAKER_00: Absolutely.
• 25:09
  SPEAKER_11: Will you be staying for that?
• 25:10
  SPEAKER_04: I would like to stay.
• 25:12
  SPEAKER_04: Um, I will talk to my companions and we'll see what uh what goes on.
• 25:17
  SPEAKER_04: Okay, well then I will see you there.
• 25:19
  SPEAKER_04: Absolutely.
• 25:19
  SPEAKER_04: And then I'll walk to my room to talk to somebody.
• 25:28
  SPEAKER_08: Any random person that happens to be there.
• 25:30
  SPEAKER_12: Drop one in my head.
• 25:32
  SPEAKER_12: Yeah.
• 25:32
  SPEAKER_14: During the hour, uh actively probing his inner beast senses that he's developed.
• 25:39
  SPEAKER_14: I will change to jump now that we're back on the surface.
• 25:42
  SPEAKER_14: And uh just kind of focuses on this sense he has to not be surprised when he's conscious.
• 25:51
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, so what is that?
• 25:53
  SPEAKER_14: Just beast barbarian stuff.
• 25:55
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 25:55
  SPEAKER_14: If I'm conscious, you can't surprise me as long as I can rage.
• 25:58
  SPEAKER_14: I can't.
• 25:59
  SPEAKER_14: I just get to rage and act normal on my turn.
• 26:01
  SPEAKER_11: So you can't be surprised.
• 26:02
  SPEAKER_14: Can't be surprised.
• 26:03
  SPEAKER_14: As long as I'm conscious.
• 26:05
  SPEAKER_11: As long as you're conscious, you cannot be surprised if you are rage.
• 26:09
  SPEAKER_14: No, I have to be able to rage.
• 26:10
  SPEAKER_14: Basically, the sacrifice is my first instead of being surprised, I rage and continue with my turn.
• 26:15
  SPEAKER_14: That's how it works.
• 26:16
  SPEAKER_14: So if all four of my rages are expended, then I could be surprised.
• 26:19
  SPEAKER_11: Ah, I see.
• 26:20
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 26:21
  SPEAKER_11: So that's out of combat.
• 26:23
  SPEAKER_14: That's anytime.
• 26:24
  SPEAKER_14: That's well, I guess you can't be surprised in combat, can you?
• 26:27
  SPEAKER_11: No.
• 26:27
  SPEAKER_11: So it would not make any sense to be in combat.
• 26:29
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
• 26:29
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 26:29
  SPEAKER_11: That's all.
• 26:30
  SPEAKER_11: But just figure out let you know.
• 26:31
  SPEAKER_11: Cool.
• 26:32
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 26:33
  SPEAKER_11: Um, okay, so then that goes on.
• 26:35
  SPEAKER_11: Did anybody have anything they want to do before the long rest?
• 26:38
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 26:39
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 26:39
  SPEAKER_08: Uh, after we have our uh our session, I thank Rold very much for joining us.
• 26:45
  SPEAKER_08: I do appreciate your coming.
• 26:47
  SPEAKER_08: Um, not in that way.
• 26:50
  SPEAKER_11: Sounding more and more like an orgy.
• 26:52
  SPEAKER_08: Roldina is not present.
• 26:54
  SPEAKER_08: Thank you.
• 26:55
  SPEAKER_08: And uh I recommend that you go take a rest.
• 26:59
  SPEAKER_08: We all really need it because the gods only know what is about to come.
• 27:06
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, we'd like some time for setups.
• 27:08
  SPEAKER_03: Yes.
• 27:08
  SPEAKER_08: I give you a link if I go and set up a little bit more.
• 27:11
  SPEAKER_14: I can tell when I should take a rest more time.
• 27:16
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 27:17
  SPEAKER_08: So Roldina goes for her rest.
• 27:19
  SPEAKER_08: Roll goes for his rest.
• 27:22
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 27:23
  SPEAKER_08: Um returns to Einar.
• 27:27
  SPEAKER_08: Are you okay?
• 27:28
  SPEAKER_08: Is Noctis okay?
• 27:30
  SPEAKER_14: Peaceful.
• 27:31
  SPEAKER_14: Are you okay?
• 27:34
  SPEAKER_08: What?
• 27:36
  SPEAKER_08: I just I think at the moment I need to just not think about me.
• 27:43
  SPEAKER_08: Cause so much has happened that I just need to not put it behind me, but I just need to not think about it right now.
• 27:56
  SPEAKER_08: Otherwise, there's no way I'm gonna be able to hold it together.
• 28:00
  SPEAKER_08: So I would rather think about you at this moment.
• 28:08
  SPEAKER_14: I'll stand up from the bed then and walk over to her.
• 28:14
  SPEAKER_14: You continue to blow my mind at every turn.
• 28:23
  SPEAKER_14: I think the moon would be jealous over the way you light my darkness.
• 28:31
  SPEAKER_14: Every fracture you have, every crack that appears, is just evidence that the world tries to break you and fails.
• 28:42
  SPEAKER_14: I look at you and I see a masterpiece.
• 28:48
  SPEAKER_08: I feel like I don't deserve you, but I am so glad that you have come into my life.
• 28:58
  SPEAKER_08: But Ventor upon me.
• 29:03
  SPEAKER_08: Does that change anything for you?
• 29:06
  SPEAKER_08: Does that change your desire or your opinion?
• 29:11
  SPEAKER_14: Not mine.
• 29:12
  SPEAKER_14: Not this is upset.
• 29:14
  SPEAKER_14: He's happy that the shards have survived.
• 29:16
  SPEAKER_14: I get the sense that they're refuting siblings.
• 29:19
  SPEAKER_14: They don't they're the brothers that don't like each other.
• 29:21
  SPEAKER_14: But I don't care what he thinks or feels right now, frankly.
• 29:25
  SPEAKER_14: I don't care what anyone thinks or feels.
• 29:27
  SPEAKER_14: I don't even know what to think of what I know about myself.
• 29:30
  SPEAKER_14: The one thing I know is I've found family.
• 29:34
  SPEAKER_14: And that's what I claim is mine and my own and what I choose to protect.
• 29:38
  SPEAKER_14: Not the not the world, not the people, not the gate.
• 29:44
  SPEAKER_14: The gate beat fucking damned, honestly.
• 29:48
  SPEAKER_14: That's that's what I think.
• 29:50
  SPEAKER_14: Knock disconten not no catfight.
• 29:52
  SPEAKER_14: We'll deal with it.
• 29:53
  SPEAKER_14: Sounds like a commitment.
• 29:55
  SPEAKER_14: I want all of you, Oleander Hawthorne.
• 29:59
  SPEAKER_08: Do you really?
• 30:01
  SPEAKER_14: Well, yeah.
• 30:04
  SPEAKER_08: And nothing is going to change her mind on that.
• 30:08
  SPEAKER_14: Nothing so far.
• 30:12
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander starts uh untying a scarf from her waist.
• 30:21
  SPEAKER_08: And she grasps Einara's wrist while he grasps hers.
• 30:31
  SPEAKER_08: She says, I cannot promise you everything, but I can promise you what it's mine to give.
• 30:40
  SPEAKER_08: I cannot promise you that we are not going to fight.
• 30:44
  SPEAKER_08: But I can promise to always fight with you.
• 30:49
  SPEAKER_08: I cannot promise to never have fear, but I promise never to fear you or any part of you.
• 30:58
  SPEAKER_08: And I cannot promise that there will always be light.
• 31:04
  SPEAKER_08: But I can promise that I will love your darkness.
• 31:09
  SPEAKER_08: She wraps the scarf around their hands, and with each promise, she wraps the scarf further and further, putting one in Einar's grasp and one in her own.
• 31:23
  SPEAKER_08: And then as she finishes, she slowly pulls her hand through his, completing the knot in their binding cord, and pulls him in for a kiss.
• 31:40
  SPEAKER_11: I get kissed and kissed back.
• 31:43
  SPEAKER_11: Noctis and bent to our goal.
• 31:45
  SPEAKER_13: Oh, grows! Ah, power kiss, my brother!
• 31:51
  SPEAKER_08: And then they fade to black as they have a night together.
• 31:56
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 31:56
  SPEAKER_11: So you guys are spending the night together.
• 31:58
  SPEAKER_11: That's the thing?
• 31:59
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 31:59
  SPEAKER_11: That's the thing.
• 32:00
  SPEAKER_08: World's gone.
• 32:03
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 32:04
  SPEAKER_11: So you guys do get to have a long rest.
• 32:15
  SPEAKER_11: The dawn breaks the next morning.
• 32:17
  SPEAKER_11: You guys end up sleeping straight through the day and straight through the night.
• 32:22
  SPEAKER_11: You're exhausted.
• 32:24
  SPEAKER_11: You get a 12-hour rest or whatever.
• 32:27
  SPEAKER_11: Almost a 20-hour rest.
• 32:29
  SPEAKER_11: You sleep all the way through.
• 32:31
  SPEAKER_11: Drax spends his entire night shitting himself.
• 32:36
  SPEAKER_11: Does not get a long rest, therefore must require another day of rest.
• 32:43
  SPEAKER_11: And he uh he then just stays out of it.
• 32:51
  SPEAKER_11: Brother, I gotta come out.
• 32:53
  SPEAKER_11: You don't want to see this.
• 32:56
  SPEAKER_14: Is it like the time when dad made enchiladas and got the bad meat, brother?
• 33:00
  SPEAKER_14: It's worse.
• 33:03
  SPEAKER_14: I have to have my uncle Knight hold my legs.
• 33:08
  SPEAKER_14: I don't need the visual! I'm going.
• 33:11
  SPEAKER_14: I'll tell the others you're you're still resting.
• 33:16
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 33:19
  SPEAKER_11: So the next morning you can hear um the preparations for the King's Wake have now been set up.
• 33:25
  SPEAKER_11: It will start shortly after kind of like the morning preparations for the day have ended.
• 33:33
  SPEAKER_11: It'll probably start around after lunch and go well into the evening if the wake is to be attended.
• 33:42
  SPEAKER_11: Still, there is no sign that the king has been chosen.
• 33:46
  SPEAKER_11: There is probably still fighting, but without being in the tent, you don't know what's being said or what's being done.
• 33:53
  SPEAKER_11: Uh each of you wakes up feeling refreshed, ready to go.
• 33:56
  SPEAKER_11: What would you like to do?
• 33:58
  SPEAKER_01: I'm going to re-attune to my hat of disguise.
• 34:01
  unknown: Okay.
• 34:02
  SPEAKER_01: And I'm going to do a couple ceremonies.
• 34:06
  SPEAKER_01: Three ceremonies.
• 34:08
  SPEAKER_01: So I like to think she probably woke up before everyone else because she doesn't actually need as much sleep as everybody else.
• 34:13
  SPEAKER_01: She had things to do.
• 34:14
  SPEAKER_13: Correct.
• 34:15
  SPEAKER_01: So she's going to resummon Mirim.
• 34:17
  SPEAKER_01: Because Mirim was fully poofed, so I have to do a ritual to fully bring her back.
• 34:22
  SPEAKER_06: Okay.
• 34:23
  SPEAKER_01: And I'm going to identify the items we found in the dragon's cord.
• 34:30
  SPEAKER_01: And then I'm going to do a comprehend languages ritual.
• 34:33
  SPEAKER_11: Now, refresh my memory.
• 34:35
  SPEAKER_07: It was linen wraps, great sword, an axe, a boomerang, a rapier, and a wand.
• 34:43
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 34:44
  SPEAKER_11: Uh the great sword is the Acheron Blade.
• 34:49
  SPEAKER_11: The boomerang is the corpse slayer boomerang.
• 34:52
  SPEAKER_11: Cool.
• 34:54
  SPEAKER_11: The rapier is the frostband rapier.
• 34:57
  SPEAKER_11: The best item of the loot.
• 35:01
  SPEAKER_11: And the wand is a dragon wand.
• 35:04
  SPEAKER_09: Cool.
• 35:05
  SPEAKER_09: None of us are dragon.
• 35:06
  SPEAKER_09: And there was an axe.
• 35:08
  SPEAKER_11: And there was an was there an axe?
• 35:10
  SPEAKER_11: Are you sure?
• 35:10
  SPEAKER_09: There was an axe or five items.
• 35:12
  SPEAKER_09: There were five items plus the wraps.
• 35:14
  SPEAKER_09: Plus the wraps.
• 35:15
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, I think it's just a great axe.
• 35:17
  SPEAKER_11: Plus one great axe.
• 35:18
  SPEAKER_11: I don't think it's yeah, it's just a plus one great axe.
• 35:20
  SPEAKER_08: At least a pretty good axe.
• 35:22
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, the other things are really good.
• 35:23
  SPEAKER_11: Um and the wraps.
• 35:26
  SPEAKER_11: Oh no, momento.
• 35:28
  SPEAKER_11: Uh yeah, so the uh the wraps are called the master's wraps.
• 35:33
  SPEAKER_11: They are aged linen hand wraps appearing centuries old, yet they show no signs of decay.
• 35:39
  SPEAKER_11: Faint stains of sweat, blood, ash, and travels mark the fabric, while the thin veins of black discoloration through portions of the cloth like ink trapped beneath the fibers.
• 35:50
  SPEAKER_11: Not actual ink, put your head down.
• 35:53
  SPEAKER_11: Despite their worn appearances, the wraps never fray, tear, or weaken.
• 35:56
  SPEAKER_11: When held in silence, the wearer may hear distant sounds carried upon an unseen wind, the crack of a training staff, the rhythm of measured breathing, and the soft tolling of a bell far away from the mountain peaks.
• 36:09
  SPEAKER_11: The wraps seem to carry the weight of countless lessons learned through hardship and discipline.
• 36:13
  SPEAKER_11: While attuned to the wraps, you gained advantage on wisdom inside checks.
• 36:17
  SPEAKER_11: Additionally, once per long rest, when you fail a wisdom saving throw, you may choose to re-roll the save.
• 36:23
  SPEAKER_11: Also, during a short rest, you may spend 10 minutes wrapping and unwrapping the cloth while reflecting upon a memory.
• 36:29
  SPEAKER_11: Failure or personal lesson, at the end of that rest, you may choose one skill or tool proficiency you possess, and the first ability check you make using that proficiency before your next long rest is made with advantage.
• 36:42
  SPEAKER_11: And once per dawn, you may hold the wraps and quietly ask a question regarding a challenge, choice, or uncertainty before you.
• 36:49
  SPEAKER_11: The dungeon master may provide a brief phrase, memory sensation, or piece of wisdom in response.
• 36:56
  SPEAKER_14: Cool.
• 36:57
  SPEAKER_14: You don't have to use them for an unarmed fighting wall.
• 36:59
  SPEAKER_14: Anyone can use them.
• 37:00
  SPEAKER_14: I totally.
• 37:01
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, they are not specific for a class.
• 37:03
  SPEAKER_11: They are a wondrous item.
• 37:04
  SPEAKER_11: Uh and they are in the DD Beyond, so you can add those to your inventory.
• 37:10
  SPEAKER_11: All of those items are, by the way.
• 37:12
  SPEAKER_11: You can find all of those if you look.
• 37:14
  SPEAKER_01: So very interesting.
• 37:17
  SPEAKER_01: The next thing she's gonna do is her comprehend languages.
• 37:21
  SPEAKER_06: Mm-hmm.
• 37:22
  SPEAKER_01: And because there's several things I have been neglecting reading, and I'd like to read them.
• 37:28
  SPEAKER_13: Okay.
• 37:29
  SPEAKER_07: The first I imagine is no longer relevant.
• 37:32
  SPEAKER_07: There was a piece of parchment that at the very beginning of the Minds Drewpin gave to Delphine that he got off the dead dwarf.
• 37:39
  SPEAKER_07: I think it was the nephew.
• 37:43
  unknown: The apprentice.
• 37:44
  SPEAKER_07: The apprentice, yeah.
• 37:45
  SPEAKER_11: Yep.
• 37:47
  SPEAKER_07: And I was assuming it's in Dwarven.
• 37:50
  SPEAKER_11: It was.
• 37:51
  SPEAKER_08: And I also assume it is not relevant now.
• 37:54
  SPEAKER_11: It was a direction or list of how to get the ruins that shut off the Oh, well, we figured it out.
• 38:02
  SPEAKER_11: Anti-magic feeling.
• 38:03
  SPEAKER_07: We figured that out.
• 38:05
  SPEAKER_07: The next she's going to read Boric's journal.
• 38:09
  SPEAKER_01: Boric's book.
• 38:10
  SPEAKER_11: Ooh, okay.
• 38:11
  SPEAKER_01: Because I'm assuming I'm hoping there's information in there on the Wretched Dawn and her connection.
• 38:18
  SPEAKER_09: And maybe some spells, I don't know.
• 38:21
  SPEAKER_09: But mostly I expect information on what she's been doing.
• 38:25
  SPEAKER_11: Well, um, so it's pretty um she's a crazy kook.
• 38:30
  SPEAKER_11: She's she's she's crazy, pretty lady.
• 38:32
  SPEAKER_11: So she writes a lot of crap in there, a lot of like, a lot of it's gibberish, a lot of it makes no sense.
• 38:38
  SPEAKER_11: Um, but from what you can ascertain from this journal, she was not aligned with the Wretched Dawn.
• 38:59
  SPEAKER_09: Very interesting.
• 39:03
  SPEAKER_11: But she was also crazy.
• 39:05
  SPEAKER_11: She was also crazy and was planning to overthrow the king.
• 39:07
  SPEAKER_09: That shit crazy.
• 39:08
  SPEAKER_09: Planning to overthrow the king.
• 39:10
  SPEAKER_04: Did have the letter of her.
• 39:12
  SPEAKER_09: Yeah, but who told me who that the letter was there?
• 39:16
  SPEAKER_11: Her sister.
• 39:17
  SPEAKER_11: You are alone.
• 39:19
  SPEAKER_08: She's speaking with the slowest.
• 39:21
  SPEAKER_11: We are the only voice of your party talking.
• 39:23
  SPEAKER_11: The only voice that you can hear is mine.
• 39:25
  SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
• 39:26
  SPEAKER_11: Sultry and smooth.
• 39:28
  SPEAKER_11: As it is.
• 39:30
  SPEAKER_08: It's a good voice.
• 39:31
  SPEAKER_09: If I look at the monk's journal, there's not nothing hidden in there.
• 39:35
  SPEAKER_09: It was all just what we read.
• 39:36
  SPEAKER_09: That's what was there.
• 39:37
  SPEAKER_09: Just what you read, yep.
• 39:38
  SPEAKER_09: Basically, okay.
• 39:43
  SPEAKER_09: Alright.
• 39:46
  SPEAKER_09: Put my hat back on.
• 39:48
  SPEAKER_11: Fitch you all.
• 39:50
  SPEAKER_08: Go on out.
• 39:50
  SPEAKER_11: Hey, uh, the rest of you, what would you like to do?
• 39:53
  SPEAKER_08: We wake up.
• 39:55
  SPEAKER_11: You wake up.
• 39:55
  SPEAKER_08: And we are arrested.
• 39:57
  SPEAKER_11: And you see, as you both wake up, Ventor has created a tendril and is pushing Einar away from you.
• 40:07
  SPEAKER_11: And Noctus is doing the same and pushing you away from Einar.
• 40:12
  SPEAKER_08: And they're just like, That's so cute that they're getting a lot.
• 40:18
  SPEAKER_14: I tell Noctus to behave and try to rein him in.
• 40:22
  SPEAKER_08: I I kind of giggle at uh Ventor and say, come along, my dear.
• 40:27
  SPEAKER_08: We uh we have things to do.
• 40:29
  SPEAKER_11: He just watches the tendrils.
• 40:33
  SPEAKER_08: I I am entertained by uh Ventor in his little childish way.
• 40:39
  SPEAKER_08: But uh I have something that I need to do with Ventor.
• 40:44
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 40:45
  SPEAKER_08: And I give Einar a little kiss and get dressed and do you wake him?
• 40:52
  SPEAKER_08: No.
• 40:53
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 40:54
  SPEAKER_08: Well, if he wakes on his own, that's up to him.
• 40:56
  SPEAKER_08: That's uh I'm not trying to wake him, I'm not trying to not wake him, I'm just trying to leave.
• 41:00
  SPEAKER_06: Okay.
• 41:01
  SPEAKER_08: Uh and I head out to the um little dining area and I ask for some hot water.
• 41:11
  SPEAKER_08: Is there a kitchen that I can go to where I can make my own stuff?
• 41:14
  SPEAKER_08: Or do I absolutely yep?
• 41:16
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, all right, me in there together.
• 41:18
  SPEAKER_08: Could you make me tea?
• 41:19
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, if you're awake, I will 100% make you tea, my dear.
• 41:23
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, so I head into the kitchen and I boil some water, and in one of the cups I place a little bit of ginger because Delphine has been really liking some ginger tea, and a little bit of honey in there, because of course.
• 41:36
  SPEAKER_08: Then in the other cup, I take the hanky that was in my pocket from the day before, with a little bit of Delphine's blood on it, and I soak it in the hot water.
• 41:52
  SPEAKER_08: And then I pour that water into a cup, and I take a sip.
• 41:57
  SPEAKER_08: And when we get weirder, yes, I am getting weirder.
• 42:03
  SPEAKER_08: Now, when we were in the mines and Delphine fed me, something seemed off.
• 42:10
  SPEAKER_08: I asked Ventor if he can taste anything.
• 42:16
  SPEAKER_08: My my senses are not as strong as they were before.
• 42:20
  SPEAKER_08: Are your senses uh any different from mine?
• 42:25
  SPEAKER_08: Because I I'm a little curious as to why her blood tasted different, but I don't know if you can sense anything.
• 42:35
  SPEAKER_08: I have other ideas if you can't.
• 42:37
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I'll put it this way: your hunger for blood and your ability to enjoy and taste blood is gone.
• 42:50
  SPEAKER_11: So for you, you just get that, you know, it tastes like a nickel.
• 42:54
  SPEAKER_06: Yep.
• 42:54
  SPEAKER_11: Right?
• 42:55
  SPEAKER_11: And Ventor is the same.
• 42:57
  SPEAKER_11: He's like, oh, it tastes like beefling bulk.
• 43:04
  SPEAKER_08: It is a very acquired taste.
• 43:06
  SPEAKER_08: It's a belly.
• 43:07
  SPEAKER_11: It's it's acquired.
• 43:08
  SPEAKER_11: You gotta learn to like it.
• 43:09
  SPEAKER_11: It's not just one of those things you can be like, mmm, teefling.
• 43:12
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, no, spicy.
• 43:13
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, no.
• 43:14
  SPEAKER_08: So I uh since I can't sense anything out of that, I dump it, make myself a good old uh red rose of the uh Ethereum equivalent.
• 43:29
  SPEAKER_08: And I bring my tea out to Delphine.
• 43:33
  SPEAKER_08: I set it on the table, and I just sit across from her and stare at her a little bit.
• 43:44
  SPEAKER_08: Is there anything in particular you wish to talk about?
• 43:51
  SPEAKER_08: You're gonna have to be more specific.
• 43:57
  SPEAKER_08: There's literally innumerable things I could talk to you about.
• 44:00
  SPEAKER_08: Anything that you might be hiding?
• 44:04
  SPEAKER_08: Maybe?
• 44:07
  SPEAKER_08: No?
• 44:07
  SPEAKER_08: You know about the brain slug.
• 44:10
  SPEAKER_08: It hurts.
• 44:11
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander casts clairvoyance, which is the spell that she got in her spirit session last evening.
• 44:22
  SPEAKER_08: She uses this to cast, uh, to be able to see and hear in a location that is known to her or that she can think of.
• 44:33
  SPEAKER_08: And she uses this.
• 44:35
  SPEAKER_08: She casts a little a little sensor into Delphine's abdomen to see if she can hear anything.
• 44:48
  SPEAKER_08: Searching.
• 44:49
  SPEAKER_14: How many weeks?
• 44:52
  SPEAKER_14: She knows the exact minute.
• 44:57
  SPEAKER_08: It's very early.
• 45:02
  SPEAKER_11: That's what you hear.
• 45:06
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, it's up to Delphine.
• 45:10
  SPEAKER_08: Are you just like staring at my stomach?
• 45:12
  SPEAKER_08: I am really like just yep, I am I'm sitting there and I just kind of space out.
• 45:17
  SPEAKER_08: And I'm trying to listen into your uterus, if you will.
• 45:27
  SPEAKER_08: What are we doing?
• 45:31
  SPEAKER_08: Your blood taste is a little different, and I think that there's something that I don't know if you know.
• 45:38
  SPEAKER_08: I'm not sure if you're aware, but my people are a little on the um overly conscious.
• 45:46
  SPEAKER_08: Snoopy side?
• 45:48
  SPEAKER_08: We are very aware of pregnancy.
• 45:50
  SPEAKER_08: And I think you're a with child.
• 45:56
  SPEAKER_08: You can't fucking say anything.
• 45:59
  SPEAKER_08: I'm talking to you.
• 46:00
  SPEAKER_08: I'm not talking to anybody else.
• 46:01
  SPEAKER_08: Nobody else is here.
• 46:03
  SPEAKER_08: I'm pregnant?
• 46:04
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know for sure.
• 46:06
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, I do.
• 46:07
  SPEAKER_08: There's something in there.
• 46:09
  SPEAKER_08: I can hear.
• 46:10
  SPEAKER_08: I have something in here.
• 46:12
  SPEAKER_08: I can hear.
• 46:13
  SPEAKER_08: A little heartbeat.
• 46:15
  SPEAKER_11: Delphine is eating for three.
• 46:23
  SPEAKER_08: Are you okay?
• 46:24
  SPEAKER_07: No!
• 46:26
  SPEAKER_08: Do you know like were you aware?
• 46:28
  SPEAKER_07: Annalise might have said something.
• 46:31
  SPEAKER_09: Back in troublesome.
• 46:37
  SPEAKER_08: What did she say?
• 46:41
  SPEAKER_08: Well, she might have used the word pregnant.
• 46:43
  SPEAKER_08: She might have said the word baby.
• 46:46
  SPEAKER_08: Also, Blood Moon, so that's great.
• 46:50
  SPEAKER_08: You mean Blood Moon is in all of the children that have been sacrificed?
• 46:54
  SPEAKER_01: Yeah.
• 46:54
  SPEAKER_01: I was hoping it wasn't true because you know she's a crazy traumatized girl that we talked from a work camp.
• 47:00
  SPEAKER_01: Who's this?
• 47:01
  SPEAKER_08: Who the fuck do you think it is?
• 47:03
  SPEAKER_08: Well, how far along are you?
• 47:06
  SPEAKER_08: Is this Faron or is this before Theron?
• 47:10
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know.
• 47:11
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know your personal business.
• 47:15
  SPEAKER_08: I'm not judging my family's very open.
• 47:20
  SPEAKER_08: I'm very uncomfortable with this conversation.
• 47:22
  SPEAKER_08: Traveling.
• 47:23
  SPEAKER_08: It's okay.
• 47:24
  SPEAKER_08: I will take care of you.
• 47:25
  SPEAKER_08: I understand now why you keep asking for you.
• 47:29
  SPEAKER_03: Sorry, you just hear me walking down the hall and swinging out.
• 47:33
  SPEAKER_08: It's okay.
• 47:34
  SPEAKER_08: All right.
• 47:35
  SPEAKER_08: Shut up.
• 47:36
  SPEAKER_08: You shut up.
• 47:37
  SPEAKER_08: You shut up.
• 47:38
  SPEAKER_08: You shut up first.
• 47:43
  SPEAKER_08: Slap fast and chh-ch.
• 47:46
  SPEAKER_08: And then we zip it.
• 47:49
  SPEAKER_02: Okay.
• 47:50
  SPEAKER_02: Well, I walk into the room.
• 47:51
  SPEAKER_02: Ah.
• 47:52
  SPEAKER_02: Feels like I got thrown across the room by a dragon or something.
• 48:00
  SPEAKER_02: What are you guys talking about?
• 48:02
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, we were just saying how bad the tea is.
• 48:06
  SPEAKER_08: And I just I need to get a new supply, and I'm sorry.
• 48:09
  SPEAKER_08: It's this is just I'll it's okay.
• 48:11
  SPEAKER_08: I'll don't don't even try this bad.
• 48:13
  SPEAKER_08: You know, I tried to buy some tea at some one point and I just couldn't figure out how to make it work.
• 48:18
  SPEAKER_08: It's okay, it's okay.
• 48:19
  SPEAKER_08: I uh Oleander grabs the tea cups and says, you know, the and the teapot, and I'll be I'll be back.
• 48:24
  SPEAKER_08: It's okay, Rolled, I'll be back.
• 48:25
  SPEAKER_08: And I go to grab uh new tea, fresh tea.
• 48:29
  SPEAKER_11: You're awake now?
• 48:30
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 48:30
  SPEAKER_11: Heiner, are you awake?
• 48:32
  SPEAKER_11: I assume?
• 48:32
  SPEAKER_11: Yep.
• 48:33
  SPEAKER_11: You guys make your way down unless there's something else that you want to do.
• 48:37
  SPEAKER_04: I just want to do one thing and just ask Sarah Max if everything is good.
• 48:42
  SPEAKER_04: Like if she's since we got more ink, if there's more or if she's full.
• 48:49
  SPEAKER_11: Oh no, she's very happy.
• 48:52
  SPEAKER_11: And uh you just get the feeling in your mind she calls you daddy.
• 48:58
  SPEAKER_04: Oh the one who's sleeping with Anna.
• 49:04
  SPEAKER_04: Yeah, okay.
• 49:06
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, those two over there make an alien incest.
• 49:09
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 49:09
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, alien incest is way better than daddy.
• 49:12
  SPEAKER_11: Oh yeah, she likes him.
• 49:13
  SPEAKER_11: She loves him.
• 49:14
  SPEAKER_11: Oh dude.
• 49:15
  SPEAKER_11: Saravax is in love with Drax or Dra Drug.
• 49:18
  SPEAKER_12: Alright.
• 49:20
  SPEAKER_12: Don't call him Daddy.
• 49:21
  SPEAKER_12: He's gonna be Saravax!
• 49:24
  SPEAKER_14: He's gonna be vying.
• 49:25
  SPEAKER_14: You don't know that.
• 49:26
  SPEAKER_14: He's gonna be vying uh vying with the queen for your affection.
• 49:29
  SPEAKER_04: You don't know that yet.
• 49:31
  SPEAKER_01: We literally know nothing.
• 49:33
  SPEAKER_04: You know nothing.
• 49:34
  SPEAKER_04: That's right.
• 49:35
  SPEAKER_04: I heard you in the other room.
• 49:38
  SPEAKER_08: You have to not have a grunting.
• 49:41
  SPEAKER_08: I never said we were quiet.
• 49:43
  SPEAKER_04: That's what I heard.
• 49:47
  SPEAKER_08: He's sensitive, okay?
• 49:49
  SPEAKER_08: He doesn't want you know the wrong he's sensitive.
• 49:53
  SPEAKER_14: Respectful.
• 49:55
  SPEAKER_14: She's already happy where she's at.
• 49:57
  SPEAKER_14: She's really used to be where she's at.
• 49:58
  SPEAKER_14: That's cool.
• 49:59
  SPEAKER_14: I'm a tentacle.
• 50:00
  SPEAKER_04: I think of cool.
• 50:00
  SPEAKER_04: This is a good partnership.
• 50:02
  SPEAKER_04: Perfect.
• 50:03
  SPEAKER_04: Then I will walk downstairs.
• 50:05
  SPEAKER_01: Is everybody here now?
• 50:06
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, everyone's with you.
• 50:08
  SPEAKER_01: Apparently, Drax is still not feeling well.
• 50:10
  SPEAKER_11: Drax is not well, but he's down there and he's kind of just like, whoa.
• 50:15
  SPEAKER_11: He needs a bidet.
• 50:18
  SPEAKER_08: Hey, don't knock the bidet.
• 50:20
  SPEAKER_11: That's match what he needs.
• 50:21
  SPEAKER_11: You got everybody with you.
• 50:22
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, everyone is together.
• 50:25
  SPEAKER_08: And we are going to have some breakfast.
• 50:29
  SPEAKER_14: Breakfast club number two.
• 50:33
  SPEAKER_08: Julius visited me before we all slept for like a day.
• 50:38
  SPEAKER_08: What?
• 50:39
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, he uh fully showed up.
• 50:41
  SPEAKER_08: Saved me some spells.
• 50:43
  SPEAKER_07: Well, that's a good thing.
• 50:44
  SPEAKER_08: Where did he where did he show up?
• 50:46
  SPEAKER_08: He teleported into my room.
• 50:48
  SPEAKER_08: Who does that?
• 50:49
  SPEAKER_08: That's so rude.
• 50:50
  SPEAKER_08: Well, I think he thought we were all together.
• 50:53
  SPEAKER_08: Oh.
• 50:54
  SPEAKER_04: Well, we usually are.
• 50:56
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 50:57
  SPEAKER_09: What do you want?
• 50:58
  SPEAKER_09: Uh, to see where we were at with the dragon.
• 51:01
  SPEAKER_09: I filled him in.
• 51:03
  SPEAKER_09: Um.
• 51:05
  SPEAKER_07: Annalise is safe still.
• 51:08
  SPEAKER_07: She's studying.
• 51:09
  SPEAKER_07: Alright.
• 51:10
  unknown: That's good.
• 51:10
  SPEAKER_07: Still.
• 51:11
  SPEAKER_07: They're trying to get her to hone her apparently prophetic visions.
• 51:17
  SPEAKER_07: And um.
• 51:20
  SPEAKER_04: You seem uneasy on something.
• 51:22
  SPEAKER_08: He he I'm uneasy on a lot of things.
• 51:25
  SPEAKER_08: This is my my general state of being.
• 51:27
  SPEAKER_04: Okay, well, a little bit more than normal.
• 51:30
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, well, yeah.
• 51:33
  SPEAKER_08: He says that there is a rebel force gathering at, I think, the Dwarven Temple outside Silver Moon.
• 51:40
  SPEAKER_08: And if we are headed to Silver Moon, that they might be of assistance to us.
• 51:48
  SPEAKER_01: Alaney so far is secure, aside from having to deal with Obsidian Shadows, but does he know what's going on in Silver Moon?
• 51:55
  SPEAKER_07: As much as we do.
• 51:56
  SPEAKER_07: In fact, we might know a bit more.
• 51:59
  SPEAKER_04: Sorry.
• 52:00
  SPEAKER_07: He knows that they can't get a hold of anyone in any position of authority there.
• 52:06
  SPEAKER_08: It's he says it's fallen completely now.
• 52:11
  SPEAKER_08: But he didn't have any information that we don't already have.
• 52:14
  SPEAKER_08: No.
• 52:15
  SPEAKER_08: We have to talk to the dwarves to see if they have any more information than when we left.
• 52:20
  SPEAKER_07: Uh another interesting thing, I read Boric's journal.
• 52:24
  SPEAKER_07: It seems that she may not, and I see this a little quiet so people can't around, can't hear him.
• 52:28
  SPEAKER_07: Like, she may not have uh been the one working with the wretched dawn.
• 52:36
  SPEAKER_08: She certainly was not a nice person, but well, if it wasn't her, then who was it?
• 52:41
  SPEAKER_04: It was the king himself.
• 52:42
  SPEAKER_04: She had that letter though.
• 52:44
  SPEAKER_04: Who told you?
• 52:45
  SPEAKER_08: Isra.
• 52:48
  SPEAKER_14: Her the sister.
• 52:50
  SPEAKER_14: Yes.
• 52:50
  SPEAKER_08: It could be it could have been the king, it could have been Is it could be almost anyone at this point.
• 52:55
  SPEAKER_08: It could be the second.
• 52:56
  SPEAKER_14: The king's dead, it's not the king.
• 52:57
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, but the king was so useless.
• 52:59
  SPEAKER_08: It was almost like he was trying.
• 53:01
  SPEAKER_08: They could have been cleaning up loose ends.
• 53:03
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 53:04
  SPEAKER_08: It was like he was trying to make the town as useless as possible.
• 53:07
  SPEAKER_08: That would have given the wretched dawn an easy way into the town.
• 53:14
  SPEAKER_08: Do we who do we trust?
• 53:17
  SPEAKER_08: Do we trust Brindra?
• 53:18
  SPEAKER_08: Do we trust the what was the general's name?
• 53:20
  SPEAKER_08: Rorik?
• 53:21
  SPEAKER_04: Yep.
• 53:22
  SPEAKER_04: I can trust Rorik a little bit more.
• 53:24
  SPEAKER_04: I did talk to him.
• 53:25
  SPEAKER_03: Brindra Bark.
• 53:28
  SPEAKER_03: Bark.
• 53:29
  SPEAKER_03: I don't know why we assume the king was bad.
• 53:32
  SPEAKER_03: He just didn't have the help of the dragon anymore.
• 53:35
  SPEAKER_08: Well, I don't know who was involved in all of this, but I think we need to talk to the second.
• 53:41
  SPEAKER_06: Mm-hmm.
• 53:42
  SPEAKER_01: I do I do want some more spell components, and at one point she said I could have.
• 53:47
  SPEAKER_01: If there were any extra spell components in Bork Shop, maybe I could get some of that.
• 53:53
  SPEAKER_08: We need to see the second anyways.
• 53:54
  SPEAKER_08: I have something to return to her.
• 53:56
  SPEAKER_03: Can we do these things before the wake then?
• 53:59
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 54:00
  unknown: Yeah, okay.
• 54:02
  SPEAKER_08: Time is the wake.
• 54:03
  SPEAKER_11: You guys you have lots of time.
• 54:06
  SPEAKER_11: Couple hours.
• 54:07
  SPEAKER_08: Now, I know that this is not something that we've really wanted to touch on as much, but we've had this hourglass for a long time.
• 54:18
  SPEAKER_08: And it was something that the Wretched Dawn have wanted to get their hands on, and I think we really need to know what it is.
• 54:28
  SPEAKER_08: I want I wanted to take a better look at it, but I didn't want, we didn't seem to have a calm moment, if such a thing exists, to do that, and I wasn't gonna do it without everyone being aware because um it could be very dangerous.
• 54:44
  SPEAKER_08: Because in order to identify it, I do have to touch it.
• 54:49
  SPEAKER_08: I know it goes against what your family has taught you.
• 54:53
  SPEAKER_14: However, I think we need to touch it.
• 54:57
  SPEAKER_08: I think we have to do it.
• 54:57
  SPEAKER_08: I think you have to touch it.
• 54:59
  SPEAKER_14: Should we not consult Julius?
• 55:02
  SPEAKER_09: I already talked to Julius.
• 55:03
  SPEAKER_14: Linar says as he closes the door and moves his chair up against it.
• 55:08
  SPEAKER_08: Am I doing it right here and now in the middle of a common room?
• 55:11
  SPEAKER_08: Or are we gonna go do some other stuff?
• 55:13
  SPEAKER_14: I just figured it was good to keep anyone from coming in while we're talking of the tour.
• 55:17
  SPEAKER_14: We're in the lunch hall.
• 55:19
  SPEAKER_14: We're in our lunch hall.
• 55:21
  SPEAKER_01: Okay, I'm not doing the right this moment.
• 55:23
  SPEAKER_14: Oh, please.
• 55:29
  SPEAKER_12: It's a good idea.
• 55:30
  SPEAKER_12: Well, when I DM's way too late.
• 55:34
  SPEAKER_01: Shall we go take care of some errands?
• 55:36
  SPEAKER_01: I'd like to go check out works.
• 55:39
  SPEAKER_01: I want to do true seeing and take a look at some people while we're at the wake and see what's going on with the council.
• 55:45
  SPEAKER_01: But I need to also make sure I can get more that ointment I need for it.
• 55:50
  SPEAKER_01: And I would like to see if I can get some more teleportation ink.
• 55:55
  SPEAKER_03: Did you happen to have a chance to look at all that stuff that we found in the dragon's lair?
• 55:59
  SPEAKER_07: Yes! Very interesting things, and I just kind of lay it out what's what.
• 56:05
  SPEAKER_07: There's the acron blade, there's a fun little boomerang, there's a rapier, there's a wand, which might be helpful.
• 56:14
  SPEAKER_08: What does it do?
• 56:17
  SPEAKER_08: The dragon wand?
• 56:20
  SPEAKER_08: Is it for dragons?
• 56:23
  SPEAKER_08: Dragons.
• 56:24
  SPEAKER_08: I did look it up actually.
• 56:33
  SPEAKER_07: It gives you a plus one bonus to spell attack rolls.
• 56:38
  SPEAKER_07: And advantage on a spell attack that deals fire.
• 56:41
  SPEAKER_07: And a spell, if a spell attack hits, you also deal extra fire damage.
• 56:53
  SPEAKER_08: Do you have spells that deal fire damage?
• 56:55
  SPEAKER_08: Um, I don't have many.
• 56:57
  SPEAKER_08: I I only have a couple.
• 57:00
  SPEAKER_08: I mean, a plus to hit is always nice.
• 57:03
  SPEAKER_08: A plus to hit is always nice.
• 57:05
  SPEAKER_08: I do have fire spells, is it require attunement?
• 57:09
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know.
• 57:11
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 57:12
  SPEAKER_03: This is our character's talk.
• 57:13
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 57:15
  SPEAKER_08: Does it require a bonding?
• 57:17
  SPEAKER_08: It requires a bonding.
• 57:18
  SPEAKER_11: Do I have to figure out how to use this shit?
• 57:21
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, you're gonna have to spend an hour or so inspectoring inspectoring it.
• 57:27
  SPEAKER_08: In that case, I am already as bonded as one can be.
• 57:31
  SPEAKER_08: I have no room for I need no more friends than the friends I already have.
• 57:38
  SPEAKER_08: Acker on blade.
• 57:39
  SPEAKER_08: You're full up on friends.
• 57:40
  SPEAKER_08: Yes, full up on friends.
• 57:42
  SPEAKER_08: No friends necessary.
• 57:44
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know what the blade this great sword does.
• 57:47
  SPEAKER_09: This axe is just a plus one great axe, but if someone wants a great axe.
• 57:53
  SPEAKER_14: If it's dex-based, world should use it and we should call him Captain Boomerang from now on.
• 57:57
  SPEAKER_09: I don't know what boomerang does.
• 57:59
  SPEAKER_09: I really want this to happen.
• 58:00
  SPEAKER_04: What the boomerang does is a plus one bonus to attack and damage rolls made with this weapon.
• 58:07
  SPEAKER_04: When you hit an undead creature with an attack using this weapon, the attack does an extra 1d8 damage of the weapon's type.
• 58:15
  SPEAKER_04: And that creature has a disadvantage on saving throws against effects that turn undead until the end of your next turn.
• 58:23
  SPEAKER_08: Well, that's a fun thing for either the Claire or extra funny for the undead guy.
• 58:29
  SPEAKER_11: It misses it, hits me in the head.
• 58:30
  SPEAKER_14: Oh my god, it's a bad swings back, he misses it.
• 58:35
  SPEAKER_14: Is it a strength or dex-based weapon?
• 58:36
  SPEAKER_14: Do we know?
• 58:37
  SPEAKER_14: No.
• 58:38
  SPEAKER_14: That's a boomerap.
• 58:40
  SPEAKER_07: I would assume DAX.
• 58:41
  SPEAKER_07: Most ranged based on the thing.
• 58:42
  SPEAKER_07: Probably so much better.
• 58:43
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
• 58:43
  SPEAKER_07: Except for like a heavy crossbow.
• 58:45
  SPEAKER_14: Do not all of your ranged stuff affect affected by any ranged weapon?
• 58:48
  SPEAKER_14: Oh yeah.
• 58:49
  SPEAKER_14: Is this not a plus one weapon then for your ranged stuff if you actually just have to use the range?
• 58:54
  SPEAKER_04: Yeah, yeah.
• 58:54
  SPEAKER_04: Well that'd be, yeah, this would be more.
• 58:57
  SPEAKER_04: Only with that weapon, not with his other weapon.
• 58:59
  SPEAKER_14: No, no, but the point is that if he's using the boomerang, he'll get a plus one to hit and a plus one to damage.
• 59:04
  SPEAKER_14: Well, all of his normal stuff aren't just when you're shooting a bow, it's when you do a ranged attack, so it all works on his boomerang.
• 59:11
  SPEAKER_14: He can actually be Captain Boomerang and be really effective at close range and get us undead for you.
• 59:15
  SPEAKER_14: Yes, I don't know.
• 59:17
  SPEAKER_07: Or he could shoot the crap out of them with his existing weapon.
• 59:19
  SPEAKER_03: That's exactly what it is.
• 59:20
  SPEAKER_03: No, it gives you advantage, is what it does on your turn.
• 59:22
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, it's if I hit full.
• 59:24
  SPEAKER_03: What's the damage on a boomerang out of curiosity?
• 59:26
  SPEAKER_14: I've never looked that up before.
• 59:27
  SPEAKER_14: I feel like no idea.
• 59:29
  SPEAKER_14: 1v4.
• 59:30
  SPEAKER_14: Uh okay.
• 59:32
  SPEAKER_14: Anyway.
• 59:32
  SPEAKER_09: It's a fun thing to have in your back pocket for somebody.
• 59:35
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
• 59:36
  SPEAKER_09: Uh the rapier is pretty cool.
• 59:41
  SPEAKER_00: It does.
• 59:42
  SPEAKER_00: What's the rapier called?
• 59:43
  SPEAKER_09: The Frost the Frost brand rapier.
• 59:46
  SPEAKER_08: Is that something that would be useful for you, Delphine?
• 59:49
  SPEAKER_07: It would be useful for me or useful for others.
• 59:54
  SPEAKER_03: Probably more useful for you, because you're in, you know, you typically like to fight creatures head to head to the head.
• 1:00:02
  SPEAKER_07: I do like to be hidey fighty, yes.
• 1:00:04
  SPEAKER_03: But more likely for yourself.
• 1:00:06
  SPEAKER_07: Yeah.
• 1:00:08
  SPEAKER_07: Hand wraps, I'm just gonna present to Einar.
• 1:00:12
  SPEAKER_07: Yes.
• 1:00:14
  SPEAKER_07: You're the only one who punches things on a regular basis.
• 1:00:18
  SPEAKER_14: He'll definitely look them over.
• 1:00:20
  SPEAKER_14: Thank you.
• 1:00:22
  SPEAKER_14: Appreciate that.
• 1:00:23
  SPEAKER_14: I'll put them on.
• 1:00:24
  SPEAKER_14: I'm not gonna tune yet.
• 1:00:26
  SPEAKER_14: Okay, but I hand them directly to you.
• 1:00:28
  SPEAKER_14: I can wear them.
• 1:00:29
  SPEAKER_14: They still protect my hands, I just don't get the attunement benefits.
• 1:00:33
  SPEAKER_14: But they look cool.
• 1:00:34
  SPEAKER_14: And I could show you.
• 1:00:35
  SPEAKER_01: But the other things, if we want to divvy them up, we can always divvy them up later.
• 1:00:38
  SPEAKER_07: If we don't I don't know what the greatsword does, but that great axe we could even try and just sell or barter with the blacksmith.
• 1:00:45
  SPEAKER_08: Exactly.
• 1:00:46
  SPEAKER_08: Possibly.
• 1:00:47
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 1:00:47
  SPEAKER_08: Or things, right?
• 1:00:50
  SPEAKER_08: Well, we can think about it.
• 1:00:51
  SPEAKER_03: Well, you talked of the blacksmith.
• 1:00:52
  SPEAKER_04: He must let ESAP say.
• 1:00:55
  SPEAKER_04: Uh well, he was just happy about that with the axe.
• 1:00:58
  SPEAKER_04: Or sorry, with the hammer.
• 1:00:59
  SPEAKER_04: He was great.
• 1:01:01
  SPEAKER_04: Um, he wants us to come back anytime.
• 1:01:05
  SPEAKER_04: Like today?
• 1:01:06
  SPEAKER_04: Anytime within once the dragon's back up and running, because their forge is just starting, so it's just warmed up.
• 1:01:13
  SPEAKER_04: It's not effective yet.
• 1:01:16
  SPEAKER_04: Um we could, if we don't want the axe and the sword, we could bring it to him.
• 1:01:23
  SPEAKER_04: He could, once everything's working and better, he will he could make something.
• 1:01:27
  SPEAKER_07: So just keep him in the bag of holding for now?
• 1:01:29
  SPEAKER_04: We could, absolutely.
• 1:01:30
  SPEAKER_04: Or we could bring it to him and just give it to him.
• 1:01:36
  SPEAKER_08: Do you want the wand?
• 1:01:37
  SPEAKER_08: Gives you plus one.
• 1:01:39
  SPEAKER_08: No, I don't think I can use it.
• 1:01:44
  SPEAKER_07: Well, we'll just hang on to these things and stick it in the sort drought later.
• 1:01:51
  SPEAKER_08: I do want one of those bags.
• 1:01:52
  SPEAKER_08: I'm very covetous of Drex's bag.
• 1:01:55
  SPEAKER_08: I want one too.
• 1:01:56
  SPEAKER_08: It's pretty nice.
• 1:01:57
  SPEAKER_08: Pretty nice.
• 1:01:58
  SPEAKER_09: Um, I will divvy up.
• 1:02:00
  SPEAKER_03: You can have it for now.
• 1:02:01
  SPEAKER_09: I'll divvy up the gold because we got 3,000 gold.
• 1:02:03
  SPEAKER_09: So that was 500 each, I think.
• 1:02:05
  SPEAKER_04: And then just to let you know, yeah.
• 1:02:07
  SPEAKER_04: Three of the weapons are in the party loop in Down.
• 1:02:10
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 1:02:10
  SPEAKER_03: Oh, do I have access to the party loop in D new bag?
• 1:02:13
  SPEAKER_03: Sure.
• 1:02:13
  SPEAKER_03: I've never looked at our inventory, probably.
• 1:02:17
  SPEAKER_09: Oh party inventory, there it is.
• 1:02:20
  SPEAKER_14: So you have the three things that are there so far.
• 1:02:22
  SPEAKER_14: So we just got 500 gold?
• 1:02:24
  SPEAKER_14: Yep.
• 1:02:25
  SPEAKER_14: Each from Delphine.
• 1:02:30
  SPEAKER_08: Delphine is going to go.
• 1:02:32
  SPEAKER_08: I want to go talk to the council tent and see what's what.
• 1:02:36
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 1:02:37
  SPEAKER_11: Anyone else have anything they want to do?
• 1:02:38
  SPEAKER_11: Say I'll join you in the council tent.
• 1:02:41
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I would like to join Delphine tent.
• 1:02:42
  SPEAKER_11: Great.
• 1:02:43
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, you guys head that way.
• 1:02:44
  SPEAKER_11: Uh Dirax will stay back and poop his pants.
• 1:02:47
  SPEAKER_11: And we are gonna take a short break.
• 1:02:51
  SPEAKER_11: Hey everyone, this is DMS Doo.
• 1:02:54
  SPEAKER_11: And this is the part of the session where I smile, nod, and secretly check my notes on our quick break.
• 1:03:03
  SPEAKER_14: Designer.
• 1:03:05
  SPEAKER_14: Hey.
• 1:03:05
  SPEAKER_14: Thanks for joining us.
• 1:03:07
  SPEAKER_14: If you're enjoying the channel, maybe give us a like.
• 1:03:11
  SPEAKER_14: Even drop us a comment wherever it is that you're listening to.
• 1:03:14
  SPEAKER_14: How about we get back to the chaos, eh?
• 1:03:18
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, so we're back.
• 1:03:23
  SPEAKER_11: The uh wake is underway.
• 1:03:25
  SPEAKER_11: You guys are heading towards the tent.
• 1:03:27
  SPEAKER_07: Yes.
• 1:03:28
  SPEAKER_11: You get to the tent, and you can hear great conversation coming from within.
• 1:03:33
  SPEAKER_11: It doesn't seem to be uh too terrible, but there's definitely something going on inside that tent.
• 1:03:40
  SPEAKER_11: Two guards are standing on the outside.
• 1:03:43
  SPEAKER_11: And they're just hanging out, waiting.
• 1:03:45
  SPEAKER_09: Different two guards from the ones that we keep getting fired?
• 1:03:48
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 1:03:56
  SPEAKER_08: I think we should talk to them.
• 1:03:58
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, we go in.
• 1:04:00
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 1:04:00
  SPEAKER_08: May we enter.
• 1:04:02
  SPEAKER_05: Yeah.
• 1:04:03
  SPEAKER_05: Stay your business.
• 1:04:05
  SPEAKER_08: We would like to know what the current state of leadership is here now that we have cured your dragon of its corruption.
• 1:04:17
  SPEAKER_08: We were promised certain things from your king, and he is no longer gone.
• 1:04:21
  SPEAKER_08: We want to know where we stand.
• 1:04:23
  SPEAKER_08: And I wish to come to pay my respects to a man who was slain.
• 1:04:28
  SPEAKER_11: I know that.
• 1:04:33
  SPEAKER_11: One of them goes inside the tent, and you hear her yelling, and he's mumbles, mumbles, mumbles, and then he comes back out and he's looking all sheep, and she's like, You may enter.
• 1:04:48
  SPEAKER_11: You get fired?
• 1:04:49
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 1:04:53
  SPEAKER_07: We didn't barge in.
• 1:04:55
  SPEAKER_11: I shouldn't have disturbed him.
• 1:04:58
  SPEAKER_11: You may enter.
• 1:04:59
  SPEAKER_11: And he kind of like sulks off, and the other guy's like, oh.
• 1:05:03
  SPEAKER_11: But you guys can enter.
• 1:05:05
  SPEAKER_08: The turnover rate of this job, man.
• 1:05:07
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, it's it's kind of like they uh almost don't want to keep their guard.
• 1:05:11
  SPEAKER_04: So either way, we could just barge in the guy gets fired, or we ask Planet gets fired.
• 1:05:16
  SPEAKER_04: Either way, he gets fired.
• 1:05:17
  SPEAKER_08: Obviously, it makes no difference.
• 1:05:18
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, so we're just gonna barge.
• 1:05:20
  SPEAKER_11: It's a rough job.
• 1:05:20
  SPEAKER_11: It's a rough job.
• 1:05:21
  SPEAKER_11: Someone's gotta do it though.
• 1:05:22
  SPEAKER_08: So we walk on in speak with the council.
• 1:05:26
  SPEAKER_11: So you got you see, there are five members kind of standing around the war table, and they're in deep discussion about who the next one should be.
• 1:05:35
  SPEAKER_11: And you get the feeling that they're all in candidacy to become the next king.
• 1:05:42
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, one of those vote for me, I vote for me.
• 1:05:45
  SPEAKER_11: Mm-hmm.
• 1:05:45
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, so you've got Brinja there, Durgen, Varg, Kazrik, and Balric.
• 1:05:51
  SPEAKER_11: All standing around the tables.
• 1:05:53
  SPEAKER_11: Brinja's that second in command that you've been dealing with.
• 1:05:56
  unknown: Okay.
• 1:05:56
  SPEAKER_08: So she was already the one that had the most.
• 1:06:00
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, she kind of was uh in in the daughter of the past king.
• 1:06:04
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, she's in the place to be holding the temporary leadership of the council, and you can tell by how she's uh holding herself that she is kind of running the show at the moment, but she's not the official king.
• 1:06:17
  SPEAKER_11: There's been no coronation or anything in that manner, so her authority is not realized yet.
• 1:06:23
  SPEAKER_09: Is there anything, anyone else of note in this room that we would have already met?
• 1:06:28
  SPEAKER_11: No, not really.
• 1:06:29
  SPEAKER_11: Um, everybody is just part of the council that have been running this place.
• 1:06:34
  SPEAKER_11: Um, let's see here.
• 1:06:37
  SPEAKER_11: You've got uh Lady Brinja, she's kind of like one of the second in command.
• 1:06:44
  SPEAKER_11: You've got one of the generals.
• 1:06:47
  SPEAKER_11: Um you've got a rune lord, Vark, who's more of a scholar.
• 1:06:52
  SPEAKER_11: Uh Kadrick, he would be like the master of the coin, so like the treasurer of the camp.
• 1:06:59
  SPEAKER_11: Uh and uh yeah, the rest of them there.
• 1:07:04
  SPEAKER_11: Did I say Durgen already?
• 1:07:05
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, Durgen the And then you have Durgen the Warmaster, commander of the guard.
• 1:07:12
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, that's about it.
• 1:07:15
  SPEAKER_11: The climates, uh, the candidates of claim.
• 1:07:18
  SPEAKER_08: Candidates of claim.
• 1:07:20
  SPEAKER_08: So, um, not to interfere in what is not our business, but you seem to be at a bit of a stalemate for who could lead this village.
• 1:07:33
  SPEAKER_08: Is there anything that we could do to assist in your decision making?
• 1:07:39
  SPEAKER_11: So Bridget kind of looks towards you and is like, well, I see you've returned.
• 1:07:46
  SPEAKER_11: Have you completed the task that we sent you down there for?
• 1:07:49
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 1:07:50
  SPEAKER_08: The dragon is cured and back to its willingness to resume your arrangement once it's regained its strength.
• 1:08:02
  SPEAKER_03: You should be able to go into the mines once again.
• 1:08:05
  SPEAKER_11: Well, that is something.
• 1:08:08
  SPEAKER_11: I'm sure you've heard by now what has happened.
• 1:08:12
  SPEAKER_11: We are at an impasse.
• 1:08:14
  SPEAKER_11: Our king has been slain.
• 1:08:16
  SPEAKER_11: We do not know who it is, but we are investigating it.
• 1:08:19
  SPEAKER_01: Is Boric still alive?
• 1:08:21
  SPEAKER_11: Borak is nowhere to be seen, but we will find her.
• 1:08:24
  SPEAKER_11: Mark my words.
• 1:08:26
  SPEAKER_11: And the uh Durgen slams his fist on the table.
• 1:08:30
  SPEAKER_11: We'll have our head on a spike before the end of the week.
• 1:08:33
  SPEAKER_11: But Brenja just says, We are now in the process of finding a new king or queen ruler.
• 1:08:44
  SPEAKER_10: Would you back my claim?
• 1:08:50
  SPEAKER_08: Why should we back you?
• 1:08:52
  SPEAKER_08: Not saying that we would not.
• 1:08:54
  SPEAKER_08: But what do you bring to this village?
• 1:08:57
  SPEAKER_11: And then as she begins to talk, Varak, he kinda see him, he speaks up and he's like, Well, why should you get the only claim?
• 1:09:11
  SPEAKER_11: Should we not all have conversation and put our methods forward?
• 1:09:19
  SPEAKER_11: Then you can choose of your own accord who you would back to be our new leader.
• 1:09:25
  SPEAKER_11: Why does that not sound fair to the rest of the council?
• 1:09:31
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, I'll kind of not.
• 1:09:32
  SPEAKER_09: Why would you want the words of an outsider?
• 1:09:35
  SPEAKER_11: Well.
• 1:09:37
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I don't know if you've taken a look around, but uh, this kingdom seems to be in a little bit of shambles since we've had our problems.
• 1:09:45
  SPEAKER_11: We are constantly attacked from the outside.
• 1:09:48
  SPEAKER_11: We are at war with each other on the inside.
• 1:09:52
  SPEAKER_11: These four members that you see in here, we are the only ones that have the level head to get in a tent, talk it out, and decide who the next king should be.
• 1:10:02
  SPEAKER_11: But the problem remains.
• 1:10:05
  SPEAKER_11: I believe that I should be king.
• 1:10:08
  SPEAKER_11: I believe that what I want is what this civilization wants.
• 1:10:12
  SPEAKER_11: And I want knowledge.
• 1:10:14
  SPEAKER_11: I want to increase this vast knowledge of the magic and the youth that we have it within the stone.
• 1:10:20
  SPEAKER_11: I want to build a university here.
• 1:10:22
  SPEAKER_11: I want to have a wise population, an intelligent one that grows and prospers.
• 1:10:28
  SPEAKER_11: And then Durgan slams his fist.
• 1:10:30
  SPEAKER_11: Ah no! We need war!
• 1:10:33
  SPEAKER_13: We are getting attacked from the outside on a constant basis.
• 1:10:37
  SPEAKER_13: We need to build up our reserves, we need to train smart, hard, sturdy warriors, we need to venture out, we need to get rid of the threats before they come in.
• 1:10:47
  SPEAKER_11: Then Brinja just kind of sighs and she's like, no.
• 1:10:50
  SPEAKER_11: She's like, neither of these are true answers.
• 1:10:53
  SPEAKER_11: We need progress.
• 1:10:56
  SPEAKER_11: We need to develop, we need to get better with our tools, we need to delve deeper into the mountain, we need to mine more, get better with our skills.
• 1:11:07
  SPEAKER_11: Kazrick, the last one, kind of he's got a coin and he's bouncing the coin back and forth.
• 1:11:13
  SPEAKER_11: And he goes, Well, all of these things are great, but we would do much better to have wealth within our ranks.
• 1:11:22
  SPEAKER_11: Maybe marry off some of our girls to other tribes, the richer tribes, have more money coming in.
• 1:11:29
  SPEAKER_11: If we've got money coming in, we can barter.
• 1:11:31
  SPEAKER_11: If we've got barter, we've got the means to create allies throughout the world.
• 1:11:35
  SPEAKER_11: We've been hiding in these shadows for too long.
• 1:11:38
  SPEAKER_11: We don't have the resources just within these mountains alone.
• 1:11:42
  SPEAKER_11: Brinja speaks up.
• 1:11:43
  SPEAKER_11: I that you know that's wrong.
• 1:11:44
  SPEAKER_11: We've got lots of resources.
• 1:11:47
  SPEAKER_11: And they kind of all start spewing forward, and you get the you get the kind of the idea that Brinja wants progress for the community, and uh Durgen wants war, he wants to conquest and vanquish.
• 1:12:00
  SPEAKER_11: Varak wants knowledge, he wants to get smarter, he wants to learn more, he wants to bring all that in with inside the walls, and Kazrick just you get the feeling he just wants power.
• 1:12:13
  SPEAKER_11: Power, money, lordship.
• 1:12:14
  SPEAKER_08: What do these are all very admirable goals in very different lights.
• 1:12:19
  SPEAKER_08: I actually see merit to all of those.
• 1:12:24
  SPEAKER_08: None of it is addressing our the current world threat that you've already been experiencing.
• 1:12:33
  SPEAKER_08: What happens in the south is not gonna stay in the south.
• 1:12:37
  SPEAKER_11: Durgan bangs his fist again on the table.
• 1:12:39
  SPEAKER_11: You back me for this, and I become king tonight.
• 1:12:42
  SPEAKER_11: I'll promise you, warriors, that you're back when you head down south.
• 1:12:47
  SPEAKER_11: We will fight by your side through the incoming threats.
• 1:12:51
  SPEAKER_11: And Brenda's like, yeah, but those are not the only threats.
• 1:12:55
  SPEAKER_11: You can't just have violence.
• 1:12:57
  SPEAKER_12: You've got to have progress, you've got to have knowledge.
• 1:13:01
  SPEAKER_12: We cannot just fight our way through this.
• 1:13:04
  SPEAKER_12: It takes more than intelligence.
• 1:13:06
  SPEAKER_12: You can't just strong arm your way through it.
• 1:13:08
  SPEAKER_12: No, I know that, but we can't sink all of our eggs into war.
• 1:13:12
  SPEAKER_12: I agree.
• 1:13:12
  SPEAKER_12: We can't be a warm and thrive.
• 1:13:14
  SPEAKER_12: They never survive.
• 1:13:16
  SPEAKER_08: Now, she was the second to begin with.
• 1:13:20
  SPEAKER_08: She was there for a reason.
• 1:13:22
  SPEAKER_08: She was picked for a reason.
• 1:13:23
  SPEAKER_08: Who was it that picked her?
• 1:13:25
  SPEAKER_08: Was it the previous king?
• 1:13:26
  SPEAKER_08: Did all of you vote her in?
• 1:13:28
  SPEAKER_11: It was Thrin.
• 1:13:29
  SPEAKER_08: So she was he picked her.
• 1:13:31
  SPEAKER_11: He picked her.
• 1:13:32
  SPEAKER_11: And so the next king or queen would pick a new second.
• 1:13:35
  SPEAKER_11: Would pick a new second.
• 1:13:37
  SPEAKER_11: So that is why she is temporarily in charge.
• 1:13:40
  SPEAKER_01: She's like a regent.
• 1:13:41
  SPEAKER_11: She's like a regent king, right?
• 1:13:43
  SPEAKER_11: So she's not actually the king or queen yet.
• 1:13:45
  SPEAKER_01: She's gonna do something.
• 1:13:46
  SPEAKER_11: She can be coronated, but it has to be decided upon by the council.
• 1:13:50
  SPEAKER_01: Delphine's gonna just sort of like act like she's just sort of like pinching her nose, and she's gonna turn so that she's facing into Drukin.
• 1:13:59
  SPEAKER_07: And I'm gonna take out my true seeing white men and ripe under my eyes and cast true seeing, and then I'm gonna turn back around.
• 1:14:04
  SPEAKER_14: Okay.
• 1:14:06
  SPEAKER_14: As she was doing that, message in your head telepathically goes off.
• 1:14:12
  SPEAKER_14: This is all too familiar.
• 1:14:15
  SPEAKER_14: Deciding the council and the and the person in charge of be on guard.
• 1:14:21
  SPEAKER_14: I don't trust any of this.
• 1:14:25
  SPEAKER_14: Shocker.
• 1:14:28
  SPEAKER_08: Uh we are such a trusting group.
• 1:14:30
  SPEAKER_08: We are super trusting.
• 1:14:31
  SPEAKER_08: Miners suspicious?
• 1:14:33
  SPEAKER_14: Weird.
• 1:14:34
  SPEAKER_14: He's falling back into his proper habits.
• 1:14:37
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I gotta get back in good habits.
• 1:14:40
  SPEAKER_08: Alright.
• 1:14:41
  SPEAKER_08: Uh Delphine, you have cast your true scene.
• 1:14:46
  SPEAKER_11: What are you looking for?
• 1:14:48
  SPEAKER_07: I am looking at all of them to see that that is who they appear to be.
• 1:14:55
  SPEAKER_07: The only one that you're looking for any spells that might be on people?
• 1:14:59
  SPEAKER_11: You don't see anything like that.
• 1:15:01
  SPEAKER_11: You don't see anybody under the influence of anything.
• 1:15:04
  SPEAKER_11: Um you see Kazrick uh seems to be wanting it for selfish reasons.
• 1:15:19
  SPEAKER_09: Um any of them have anything on their wrists?
• 1:15:23
  SPEAKER_11: Not that you see.
• 1:15:34
  SPEAKER_11: And on the far side of the room, now that you're looking around, you do see the dead body of the king.
• 1:15:40
  SPEAKER_11: Kind of wrapped and lying on a mantle.
• 1:15:42
  SPEAKER_11: Shrouded and shrouded and ready for burial.
• 1:15:45
  SPEAKER_09: Laying in state.
• 1:15:46
  SPEAKER_11: Yep.
• 1:15:47
  SPEAKER_09: Nothing else.
• 1:15:49
  SPEAKER_07: Nothing else.
• 1:15:51
  SPEAKER_07: Not gonna be any surprise fifth person walking in behind us.
• 1:15:59
  SPEAKER_11: How does that happen?
• 1:16:00
  SPEAKER_11: No.
• 1:16:02
  SPEAKER_11: No.
• 1:16:02
  SPEAKER_11: Uh the only thing that you notice that's something you haven't noticed before is that clutched by the king is a picture of a young man.
• 1:16:11
  SPEAKER_06: Picture?
• 1:16:12
  SPEAKER_11: No, like a painting.
• 1:16:14
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:16:15
  SPEAKER_11: Not a photograph.
• 1:16:16
  SPEAKER_11: Young man, young dwarf.
• 1:16:18
  SPEAKER_11: Young dwarf.
• 1:16:19
  SPEAKER_11: Young dwarf.
• 1:16:19
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:16:20
  SPEAKER_11: Young dwarf.
• 1:16:21
  SPEAKER_11: That's all you see.
• 1:16:22
  SPEAKER_09: There's no air.
• 1:16:25
  SPEAKER_09: You don't, you guys don't.
• 1:16:27
  SPEAKER_07: She's asking them.
• 1:16:28
  SPEAKER_07: You don't run based on like inherited merit?
• 1:16:33
  SPEAKER_11: Well, the room kind of goes quiet.
• 1:16:37
  SPEAKER_11: And uh brainjeck goes.
• 1:16:41
  SPEAKER_11: I that's not entirely true.
• 1:16:44
  SPEAKER_11: There is an heir, but he's believed dead.
• 1:16:49
  SPEAKER_11: Died years ago during a battle.
• 1:16:51
  SPEAKER_07: Believed dead?
• 1:16:52
  SPEAKER_07: Where did what battle?
• 1:16:54
  SPEAKER_11: Well, it's just one of our many battles on the frontier against the frost giants and all of the evil around here.
• 1:17:01
  SPEAKER_11: He fell.
• 1:17:02
  SPEAKER_11: Body who never recovered, but he's never been back.
• 1:17:04
  SPEAKER_11: We've never heard from him.
• 1:17:06
  SPEAKER_11: Never found any remains.
• 1:17:08
  SPEAKER_11: So the kings believed him dead for years.
• 1:17:11
  SPEAKER_11: That's why he named me as his second.
• 1:17:13
  SPEAKER_11: And not his son.
• 1:17:15
  SPEAKER_09: Where is his mother?
• 1:17:17
  SPEAKER_10: Dead.
• 1:17:18
  SPEAKER_10: Childbirth.
• 1:17:27
  SPEAKER_07: We need to go to Silvery Moon.
• 1:17:30
  SPEAKER_07: Um, the problems there are not, like I said, gonna stay there.
• 1:17:35
  SPEAKER_01: You've already felt some of the Wretched Dawns touch here.
• 1:17:40
  SPEAKER_01: And I kind of look to see if any of them react.
• 1:17:42
  SPEAKER_01: Like, are they aware of the Wretched Dawn?
• 1:17:45
  SPEAKER_11: Oh yeah, they all know who the Wretched Dawn is.
• 1:17:47
  unknown: Okay.
• 1:17:48
  SPEAKER_08: What aid could each of you give us if we were to back you?
• 1:17:53
  SPEAKER_08: I know that the guy who wants war is claimed as promising men as warriors.
• 1:18:01
  SPEAKER_08: What could each of you give us in assistance to helping the entire land with this battle?
• 1:18:12
  SPEAKER_11: They kind of look to each other and Durgen's already kind of sitting upright.
• 1:18:16
  SPEAKER_10: He's like, Oh, I know I've got this, I'm gonna put my foot forward on this one.
• 1:18:20
  SPEAKER_11: They know what I've given.
• 1:18:23
  SPEAKER_11: Uh Brinja just looks at you and she's like, There's not more that I could give than my loyalty and allyship to your cause.
• 1:18:34
  SPEAKER_11: Our home will forever be a sanctuary for you while you're here.
• 1:18:39
  SPEAKER_11: And we would be at your aid if you ever required us.
• 1:18:42
  SPEAKER_11: And Varak just kind of speaks up.
• 1:18:44
  SPEAKER_11: He's like, I think that would be all I would be able to do as well.
• 1:18:52
  SPEAKER_11: Kazak is like gold.
• 1:18:56
  SPEAKER_07: Do you not think it would be in future beneficial were you to lend your aid to a city like Silvery Moon?
• 1:19:06
  SPEAKER_08: You would likely in future have a greater relationship with that great city if your aid proves successful.
• 1:19:16
  SPEAKER_11: And that's Kazrick speeds up and is.
• 1:19:19
  SPEAKER_11: I do believe that would be what my intention is to trade, be more of a formidable partner with the elves from the south.
• 1:19:29
  SPEAKER_11: We have not been for a long time.
• 1:19:31
  SPEAKER_11: So that would be my benefit that I could see.
• 1:19:36
  SPEAKER_08: Would that extend to sending a strike force with us?
• 1:19:41
  SPEAKER_12: I yes, I I suppose.
• 1:19:45
  SPEAKER_12: I could do that.
• 1:19:47
  SPEAKER_08: Can I ask, what are your opinions on how the previous king dealt with leadership here?
• 1:19:56
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, and they all burst into conversation at the same time.
• 1:20:02
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, I was shit, so shite, I cannot believe it wasted so much time.
• 1:20:06
  SPEAKER_11: But Bridges, like, he was a just king.
• 1:20:10
  SPEAKER_11: He worked hard for his people, he loved them, but he was not without his shortcomings.
• 1:20:15
  SPEAKER_11: And what would he want now?
• 1:20:17
  SPEAKER_11: I believe he would want me.
• 1:20:19
  SPEAKER_11: That is why he had selected me.
• 1:20:21
  SPEAKER_11: That's why I was his second.
• 1:20:23
  SPEAKER_11: But what would he do now?
• 1:20:25
  SPEAKER_11: If it were him, what would have he done?
• 1:20:28
  SPEAKER_11: The circumstances.
• 1:20:29
  SPEAKER_11: Durgen and Durgen speaks up, during, and Durgen speaks up immediately and goes, he would have changed his mind to tell you that read now.
• 1:20:35
  SPEAKER_11: Now with all this going on, there's no way you had a woman charge after that.
• 1:20:40
  SPEAKER_09: Excuse me.
• 1:20:44
  SPEAKER_08: Dauphine is staring daggers at this asshole.
• 1:20:47
  SPEAKER_08: Leander is also staring daggers at this asshole.
• 1:20:50
  SPEAKER_11: I don't mean any disrespect.
• 1:20:52
  SPEAKER_11: But we are a dwarven tribe.
• 1:20:54
  SPEAKER_08: You don't mean disrespect, but you speak disrespect.
• 1:20:56
  SPEAKER_11: Well, you're not a dwarf lady.
• 1:20:58
  SPEAKER_11: You don't know.
• 1:20:59
  SPEAKER_08: So are you dwarven women are inferior to all other women?
• 1:21:05
  SPEAKER_14: No, you're misunderstanding what I'm saying.
• 1:21:08
  SPEAKER_14: One of the captains of your guard is a dwarven woman.
• 1:21:10
  SPEAKER_14: And they stood beside us against the giants as surely as the men.
• 1:21:15
  SPEAKER_14: Dwarven women look pretty sturdy, in my opinion.
• 1:21:17
  SPEAKER_14: That's a man.
• 1:21:20
  SPEAKER_08: I feel like dwarven women need to be stronger to put up with dwarven men.
• 1:21:25
  SPEAKER_11: And then Brendan just kind of cackled.
• 1:21:27
  SPEAKER_11: She's like, you know, the wrong there.
• 1:21:30
  SPEAKER_08: Let us speak amongst ourselves, and uh we will think of what you have told us.
• 1:21:36
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 1:21:37
  SPEAKER_08: When will the wake be?
• 1:21:38
  SPEAKER_08: Will it be at sunset?
• 1:21:40
  SPEAKER_11: It'll be starting soon.
• 1:21:42
  SPEAKER_08: And do you need a decision amongst yourselves before the wake begins?
• 1:21:46
  SPEAKER_11: There's no like your your backing will have significant weight, but we will come to a decision regardless.
• 1:21:54
  SPEAKER_11: It all depends on where is if you have influence or not based on who you pick.
• 1:22:01
  SPEAKER_08: Where is Israel?
• 1:22:05
  SPEAKER_11: Not here.
• 1:22:06
  SPEAKER_11: She is not privy to this conversation.
• 1:22:08
  SPEAKER_08: But you think she's possibly in her shop?
• 1:22:11
  SPEAKER_08: She didn't disappear with her sister.
• 1:22:13
  SPEAKER_11: We have not checked.
• 1:22:15
  SPEAKER_11: Um, but I can send her on her for you if you like.
• 1:22:18
  SPEAKER_07: Minor question also, before we went down, Breta had said that I might have spell components that may be in Boric's shop.
• 1:22:29
  SPEAKER_07: May I go look?
• 1:22:30
  SPEAKER_07: I have depleted my abilities and I would like to get certain items.
• 1:22:35
  SPEAKER_11: Yes, what's what's what was once Boricks is yours, if you wish.
• 1:22:39
  SPEAKER_08: Perfect.
• 1:22:39
  SPEAKER_08: Perfect.
• 1:22:40
  SPEAKER_08: Before we leave, I approach Brindia.
• 1:22:46
  SPEAKER_08: Brinja.
• 1:22:47
  SPEAKER_08: The lady.
• 1:22:48
  SPEAKER_08: I approach Brynja.
• 1:22:50
  SPEAKER_08: And I take out of my pocket a pendant that was a diamond, and I hand it to her, and I thank her.
• 1:23:01
  SPEAKER_08: This family heirloom of yours.
• 1:23:06
  SPEAKER_08: I greatly appreciate that you offered to us, and I did promise that if we did not use it, I would return it to you.
• 1:23:13
  SPEAKER_08: And I am here to keep my word.
• 1:23:15
  SPEAKER_11: And she kind she takes it from you and her eyes well up, and she's like, I didn't think I was gonna see this again.
• 1:23:21
  SPEAKER_11: Thank you.
• 1:23:22
  SPEAKER_11: You are very kind.
• 1:23:25
  SPEAKER_08: And then I escort the rest of the things.
• 1:23:27
  SPEAKER_11: Right, so you guys just leave.
• 1:23:28
  SPEAKER_14: Before Ana leaves, he takes a few steps reverently towards the fallen king, and just pauses, paying his respects to him, his head nodding, bowing to him at the end, and just mutters up May your ancestors rest well with you now.
• 1:23:43
  SPEAKER_14: Okay, great king.
• 1:23:44
  SPEAKER_09: May I ask what the is the picture is that his son?
• 1:23:49
  SPEAKER_11: Uh and Bridge says, Aye, yes.
• 1:23:52
  SPEAKER_11: That's him.
• 1:23:53
  SPEAKER_08: What was his name?
• 1:23:54
  SPEAKER_11: Balric.
• 1:23:55
  SPEAKER_08: Balric.
• 1:23:57
  SPEAKER_08: Interesting.
• 1:23:58
  SPEAKER_08: A really good look at the picture, and I leave.
• 1:24:00
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:24:01
  SPEAKER_11: Good-looking dwarf.
• 1:24:03
  SPEAKER_11: Younger, shorter beard than most.
• 1:24:06
  SPEAKER_11: Hasn't really fully lived his full years yet, but.
• 1:24:09
  SPEAKER_14: Red, blonde, brown, black.
• 1:24:12
  SPEAKER_14: Does it matter?
• 1:24:13
  SPEAKER_11: Does not matter.
• 1:24:13
  SPEAKER_11: That's weird.
• 1:24:14
  SPEAKER_14: This beard does matter if we have a threat.
• 1:24:19
  SPEAKER_11: It's a brown, it's a brownish red beard.
• 1:24:22
  SPEAKER_14: Sometimes a beard can really even be really distinguished.
• 1:24:25
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I always go with it.
• 1:24:26
  SPEAKER_11: And as you leave, you can hear them kind of erupt into conversation again, Durgans.
• 1:24:30
  SPEAKER_11: It's like, you made me say that.
• 1:24:31
  SPEAKER_11: You made me say something bad about women, you can't.
• 1:24:42
  SPEAKER_13: Talking shit about women in front of the two women.
• 1:24:45
  SPEAKER_13: They're gonna be against me, not because I get your phone.
• 1:24:47
  SPEAKER_13: And I'm not like that.
• 1:24:48
  SPEAKER_13: You're not a good man.
• 1:24:49
  SPEAKER_13: You're not a good man.
• 1:24:50
  SPEAKER_13: I saw you kick a dog the other day.
• 1:24:59
  SPEAKER_11: No, that was a work.
• 1:25:02
  SPEAKER_11: And then you guys leave.
• 1:25:04
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, guys.
• 1:25:04
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know about you, but I'm inclined to back second.
• 1:25:09
  SPEAKER_08: I'm inclined to back Brinja.
• 1:25:11
  SPEAKER_08: As is as much as I believe that the king was the most useful bastard that ever did be, and had zero of the best interest of the town involved.
• 1:25:22
  SPEAKER_08: I believe that she does, in fact, have the most practical knowledge.
• 1:25:28
  SPEAKER_07: She's the daughter of the previous king.
• 1:25:30
  SPEAKER_07: She surely gleaned something from her father, even.
• 1:25:33
  SPEAKER_07: She's been working under this current king.
• 1:25:35
  SPEAKER_08: I think she probably has a lot more practical experience.
• 1:25:39
  SPEAKER_08: She's not willing to overcommit herself.
• 1:25:41
  SPEAKER_08: She's not gonna say that, oh, I can just give you all the warriors.
• 1:25:46
  SPEAKER_08: She's gonna be practical.
• 1:25:47
  SPEAKER_08: She's going to offer us a safe haven.
• 1:25:49
  SPEAKER_08: If we go for the guy who wants war, he's just gonna turn on us.
• 1:25:52
  SPEAKER_08: I don't like that guy.
• 1:25:54
  SPEAKER_04: War outside.
• 1:25:55
  SPEAKER_03: War is a bad thing, it can be a bad thing.
• 1:25:57
  SPEAKER_03: This really isn't up to us.
• 1:25:59
  SPEAKER_03: No, but they are Fire King back the then it would make sense.
• 1:26:04
  SPEAKER_08: They are asking us our opinions.
• 1:26:06
  SPEAKER_08: Our opinion does carry weight because we have proven ourselves competent.
• 1:26:11
  SPEAKER_14: You check to make sure none of them were the devil.
• 1:26:14
  SPEAKER_08: None of them were that asshole, no.
• 1:26:16
  SPEAKER_08: And I didn't see any Obsidian shadow marks, but we should still look.
• 1:26:20
  SPEAKER_14: Do we not think it's odd within a week, twice, we're involved in determining the leadership of a place?
• 1:26:28
  SPEAKER_14: I do find it's odd.
• 1:26:29
  SPEAKER_07: I told Julius, I think we've come at the end.
• 1:26:33
  SPEAKER_08: We have not we've not come into all of this at the beginning or the middle.
• 1:26:36
  SPEAKER_08: We are at endgame.
• 1:26:39
  SPEAKER_08: So everything's coming to a head right now.
• 1:26:41
  SPEAKER_14: We need to get the silvery moon and break something so that the chain starts to fall apart.
• 1:26:47
  SPEAKER_14: We need information.
• 1:26:49
  SPEAKER_08: If we're gonna go to the silvery moon, which I believe that we should as soon as possible, we need to have all of the information, and we need to know how to use that hourglass because that was a key factor for the Wretched Dawn, and they are the ones that are targeting everyone.
• 1:27:08
  SPEAKER_08: We need to know how we can potentially use this against them.
• 1:27:12
  SPEAKER_14: Well, if anyone has to touch it, my brother seems very good at touching things and getting lost in them and coming back from them.
• 1:27:18
  SPEAKER_09: No, because I have to touch it to cast it.
• 1:27:20
  SPEAKER_14: You make the one guy that's not here touch it.
• 1:27:23
  SPEAKER_14: Pass it through him?
• 1:27:24
  SPEAKER_03: Just check it out.
• 1:27:24
  SPEAKER_14: I don't know how it works.
• 1:27:25
  SPEAKER_09: I cannot use him as a familiar.
• 1:27:27
  SPEAKER_09: I'm sorry.
• 1:27:28
  SPEAKER_03: I just know the longer we wake, the more things seem to unravel.
• 1:27:32
  SPEAKER_03: Well.
• 1:27:33
  SPEAKER_03: Perhaps give him our suggestion.
• 1:27:34
  SPEAKER_03: I want to go see join the wake and then deal with this.
• 1:27:37
  SPEAKER_08: I want to go see Israel.
• 1:27:39
  SPEAKER_08: And I want Oleander to come with me because she she really liked you.
• 1:27:43
  SPEAKER_08: And then I need to go to Borg Shop.
• 1:27:45
  SPEAKER_11: I will accompany you.
• 1:27:47
  SPEAKER_11: I don't what is it you're looking for for Borg from Borg Shop?
• 1:27:51
  SPEAKER_09: I want more teleportation circle ink and more true seeing ointment.
• 1:27:54
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:27:55
  SPEAKER_11: You will get those.
• 1:27:57
  SPEAKER_09: Okay.
• 1:27:57
  SPEAKER_09: And you'll tell me how much value I get at value.
• 1:28:00
  SPEAKER_11: Yep, for sure.
• 1:28:00
  SPEAKER_11: I guess we should just get what you get what you need for those things.
• 1:28:03
  SPEAKER_07: That's what you well the thing is it consumes it.
• 1:28:06
  SPEAKER_07: So each time I cast it, I lose whatever amount.
• 1:28:09
  SPEAKER_07: Okay.
• 1:28:09
  SPEAKER_07: I just need to know an amount.
• 1:28:10
  SPEAKER_11: Well, then roll a d6, and whatever the d6 is the amount of times you can use it.
• 1:28:14
  SPEAKER_11: Does that sound fair?
• 1:28:15
  SPEAKER_07: For for both of them or for each of them?
• 1:28:17
  SPEAKER_11: For for each of them.
• 1:28:18
  SPEAKER_11: So roll a d6 twice.
• 1:28:20
  SPEAKER_11: Did we tech already?
• 1:28:24
  SPEAKER_11: Three for the first one then?
• 1:28:25
  SPEAKER_11: What are we gonna say the first one was?
• 1:28:27
  SPEAKER_11: Well, the teleportation ink was the second one.
• 1:28:30
  SPEAKER_07: True seek.
• 1:28:30
  SPEAKER_07: So three true seeing.
• 1:28:32
  SPEAKER_07: Five teleportation.
• 1:28:34
  SPEAKER_07: Oh yes! There you go.
• 1:28:36
  SPEAKER_07: That's okay.
• 1:28:37
  SPEAKER_08: I can work for that because I can probably get more of the true seating stuff.
• 1:28:39
  SPEAKER_08: It's a more common thing.
• 1:28:42
  SPEAKER_11: She did already go through that shop.
• 1:28:44
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, also from her, I would also like to try and get more ointment or more supplies to make the um rose oil.
• 1:28:52
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, you're gonna get that from Israel.
• 1:28:53
  SPEAKER_08: I thought the components are in the middle.
• 1:28:54
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, yes.
• 1:28:55
  SPEAKER_08: Sorry, yeah, from the porch.
• 1:28:58
  SPEAKER_11: This is from Israel, I would just skip it up.
• 1:29:01
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, skip in the shopping.
• 1:29:03
  SPEAKER_03: There's probably, you know, a whole bunch of snow in this building and stuff.
• 1:29:06
  SPEAKER_03: We shattered all the windows and falling apart.
• 1:29:10
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know why you guys think that uh there's a problem with all the windows.
• 1:29:15
  SPEAKER_08: No, that was fabulous.
• 1:29:16
  SPEAKER_08: I loved it.
• 1:29:17
  SPEAKER_08: Great.
• 1:29:18
  SPEAKER_08: Wonderful use of shatters.
• 1:29:19
  SPEAKER_08: She was a bit cheap.
• 1:29:20
  SPEAKER_08: Um I want to go talk to Steve Israel's at her shop.
• 1:29:22
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 1:29:23
  SPEAKER_08: Go to Israel's shop.
• 1:29:24
  SPEAKER_11: You go to Israel's shop, and before you make entry into the building, the door is ajar.
• 1:29:30
  SPEAKER_11: And snow has been blowing into the extra.
• 1:29:33
  SPEAKER_09: And my true singing lasts for an hour.
• 1:29:34
  SPEAKER_09: Would it still be up?
• 1:29:36
  SPEAKER_11: It would still be up, yes.
• 1:29:37
  SPEAKER_11: It would still be up.
• 1:29:41
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, um, we ooh, uh, no, don't knock.
• 1:29:44
  SPEAKER_08: Don't okay.
• 1:29:45
  SPEAKER_08: I don't knock, I don't knock.
• 1:29:46
  SPEAKER_08: Take the knock back.
• 1:29:48
  SPEAKER_08: Dear God, no, don't knock.
• 1:29:49
  SPEAKER_08: Um, knowing that I we try and be a little more stealthy than that.
• 1:29:56
  SPEAKER_08: Do we?
• 1:29:57
  SPEAKER_08: Fuck yeah, the door's ajar! This is a tropical oasis, you fucker.
• 1:30:02
  SPEAKER_08: I don't say that out loud.
• 1:30:03
  SPEAKER_08: Oh yeah, that's right.
• 1:30:04
  SPEAKER_08: It ruined it.
• 1:30:05
  SPEAKER_08: Ruined my hair.
• 1:30:06
  SPEAKER_08: Sorry.
• 1:30:06
  SPEAKER_08: This is two-story?
• 1:30:07
  SPEAKER_08: Single story.
• 1:30:08
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 1:30:08
  SPEAKER_08: Single story.
• 1:30:10
  SPEAKER_08: She had a beautiful tropical oasis going on in there.
• 1:30:13
  SPEAKER_08: There's no way that she would have the door ajar.
• 1:30:16
  SPEAKER_08: So that makes me think if her sister is missing, her sister has probably come in to sabotage things.
• 1:30:23
  SPEAKER_08: Or is res the problem?
• 1:30:27
  SPEAKER_08: Oh.
• 1:30:27
  SPEAKER_08: No, I don't want to believe that because I liked her very much.
• 1:30:31
  SPEAKER_08: And I'm on her side uh because her scissors.
• 1:30:34
  SPEAKER_08: Well, we won't know until we look in the door.
• 1:30:36
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, ready something.
• 1:30:37
  SPEAKER_08: Ready something.
• 1:30:38
  SPEAKER_08: I will ready a firebolt.
• 1:30:40
  SPEAKER_08: I'm readying an eldritch blast in case I see Bork.
• 1:30:44
  SPEAKER_14: I'm an active perception check, looking for signs of entry, like footprints or that sort of thing.
• 1:30:51
  SPEAKER_01: I just want to open the door.
• 1:30:52
  SPEAKER_03: No, I'm not there.
• 1:30:54
  SPEAKER_03: You're not there?
• 1:30:56
  SPEAKER_09: I think only these three.
• 1:30:57
  SPEAKER_09: Did you come with us?
• 1:30:58
  SPEAKER_03: I assumed I did.
• 1:30:58
  SPEAKER_03: I thought we were all together.
• 1:31:00
  SPEAKER_03: We're all at the way.
• 1:31:01
  SPEAKER_03: Moving around at the snow that's blown, looking for footprints.
• 1:31:04
  SPEAKER_11: I have no picture.
• 1:31:06
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, you guys are gonna open up the door?
• 1:31:07
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 1:31:08
  SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna peek very good.
• 1:31:10
  SPEAKER_08: No, no, you said the door's ajar.
• 1:31:12
  SPEAKER_08: Without moving the jar the door farther open, I am going to use my double sight to try and peek as far in as I can without further moving the door and being very stealthy.
• 1:31:29
  unknown: Fuck.
• 1:31:31
  SPEAKER_12: Oh no, I died.
• 1:31:33
  SPEAKER_08: I don't.
• 1:31:34
  SPEAKER_08: You can't do it.
• 1:31:35
  SPEAKER_08: I am too angry.
• 1:31:36
  SPEAKER_03: I did not think there could be any traps because the door is however I plan on looking for things if we get in the door.
• 1:31:44
  SPEAKER_01: She's just peeking in through the crack.
• 1:31:46
  SPEAKER_11: So as you peek in, you can see the store's been ransacked.
• 1:31:52
  unknown: That fucker.
• 1:31:53
  SPEAKER_11: The cold has blown through and has frostbitten and killed most of the plants that were alive and well in there.
• 1:31:59
  SPEAKER_11: What was once uh haven't of a jungle inside this room with that heat and that moisture and that humidity is now gone.
• 1:32:07
  SPEAKER_11: It is cold, dry, and desolate inside the shop.
• 1:32:12
  SPEAKER_11: Ezra, nowhere to be seen.
• 1:32:13
  SPEAKER_11: However, the back door is also wide open.
• 1:32:17
  SPEAKER_11: And there are footsteps that run out into the snow.
• 1:32:21
  SPEAKER_11: Do I look for out?
• 1:32:23
  SPEAKER_11: They look to be a day or two old.
• 1:32:26
  SPEAKER_08: Well shit.
• 1:32:27
  SPEAKER_08: So this must have happened right before we left.
• 1:32:30
  SPEAKER_08: Can I come in?
• 1:32:31
  SPEAKER_08: Or right when we left.
• 1:32:32
  SPEAKER_08: You can find, you can come in.
• 1:32:33
  SPEAKER_08: Everyone come in quickly, quickly, quiet.
• 1:32:35
  SPEAKER_01: I go in quick and quiet.
• 1:32:36
  SPEAKER_01: And I'm looking around for any magically hidden compartments, drawers, floorboards.
• 1:32:43
  SPEAKER_01: To see if there anything was left behind.
• 1:32:45
  SPEAKER_11: So for the most part, what you can see is that the building has been taken apart in terms of like looks like somebody's like hastily packing and leaving.
• 1:33:00
  SPEAKER_11: And there are shelves that have been like swept clean.
• 1:33:07
  SPEAKER_11: There are clothes all over the floor where a chest has been opened and everything that was on top of the chest was thrown onto the side.
• 1:33:16
  SPEAKER_11: There's cupboard doors that are half open with boxes that have fallen and spilled all their remnants out all over the counter.
• 1:33:24
  SPEAKER_11: It is just a mess.
• 1:33:27
  SPEAKER_11: You don't see anything that catches your eye at first.
• 1:33:32
  SPEAKER_08: Can I look for rose petals?
• 1:33:34
  SPEAKER_11: You can look for rose petals.
• 1:33:36
  SPEAKER_11: Go ahead and roll for an investigation.
• 1:33:39
  SPEAKER_14: I would like to inspect the back door and those footprints.
• 1:33:42
  SPEAKER_14: I want to see specifically if I can figure out is it a single set or is it two?
• 1:33:47
  SPEAKER_11: Roll me a nature check.
• 1:33:50
  SPEAKER_11: Nature check?
• 1:33:51
  SPEAKER_11: What did you get there?
• 1:33:54
  SPEAKER_06: Seven.
• 1:33:54
  SPEAKER_11: You are unfortunate to find that the flowers have all frozen and are shh solid and breaking apart.
• 1:34:00
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:34:01
  SPEAKER_14: I am leveling.
• 1:34:02
  SPEAKER_14: 19 on my check.
• 1:34:03
  SPEAKER_11: 19 on your check.
• 1:34:04
  SPEAKER_11: So, Einar, you do see footprints out the back.
• 1:34:09
  SPEAKER_11: That start off as human.
• 1:34:15
  SPEAKER_14: Single set?
• 1:34:16
  SPEAKER_11: Single set.
• 1:34:17
  SPEAKER_14: They turn into something else.
• 1:34:19
  SPEAKER_14: Any idea of what that is?
• 1:34:21
  SPEAKER_11: You can't tell just by looking.
• 1:34:24
  SPEAKER_14: Can't tell just by looking.
• 1:34:25
  SPEAKER_11: But they do turn into a run.
• 1:34:31
  SPEAKER_11: A trot.
• 1:34:31
  SPEAKER_11: A long gatey trot.
• 1:34:33
  SPEAKER_14: What do they look like?
• 1:34:34
  SPEAKER_11: They look like footprints.
• 1:34:35
  SPEAKER_14: Just like human like footprint.
• 1:34:36
  SPEAKER_11: No, just like holes in the snow.
• 1:34:38
  SPEAKER_14: So they become like we're eventually holes in the snow.
• 1:34:42
  SPEAKER_11: They disappear into the woods.
• 1:34:44
  SPEAKER_14: I wants to test it just a little.
• 1:34:47
  SPEAKER_14: I want to see if I can match the gate with my jumping and just kind of get an idea of the stride of this thing.
• 1:34:53
  SPEAKER_11: Uh roll uh survival check.
• 1:34:59
  SPEAKER_11: 21.
• 1:35:00
  SPEAKER_11: 21?
• 1:35:01
  SPEAKER_11: You are able to match the stride.
• 1:35:03
  SPEAKER_14: What's the stride feel like as far as the size of it then?
• 1:35:06
  SPEAKER_11: It feels longer than a human stride.
• 1:35:08
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:35:08
  SPEAKER_14: So I'm definitely thinking it's a larger creature here.
• 1:35:10
  SPEAKER_14: I'll follow it towards with with with jumps to the edge of the forest and then it's quite a ways.
• 1:35:16
  SPEAKER_14: You're like half a mile.
• 1:35:19
  SPEAKER_14: That's a far off the forest.
• 1:35:20
  SPEAKER_09: You're leaving us before.
• 1:35:21
  SPEAKER_14: I won't go that far.
• 1:35:22
  SPEAKER_14: I won't go that far.
• 1:35:23
  SPEAKER_14: I kind of match the stride for a little bit, figure it out, and then I'll uh I'll take a look around.
• 1:35:29
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, you know, actively checking the surroundings.
• 1:35:32
  SPEAKER_11: The footprints take you out to where the wall is, and then you see a hole that's been dug underneath the wall and up and then into the woods.
• 1:35:42
  SPEAKER_14: Okay.
• 1:35:42
  SPEAKER_14: So I would have gone on top of the wall, I don't think I will have left the wall.
• 1:35:45
  SPEAKER_14: I'll gone on top of the wall, checked that there, looked around for any other signs, and then come back to inform the party.
• 1:35:50
  SPEAKER_14: And as I come back in, I tell her, tell them not really like someone, a single someone, left through the back door.
• 1:36:01
  SPEAKER_14: Their footprints and their date changed.
• 1:36:04
  SPEAKER_14: Larger stride than even a than even a than even you.
• 1:36:08
  SPEAKER_14: Than a large human.
• 1:36:09
  SPEAKER_08: We're talking so we don't know if it was the witch or her sister.
• 1:36:17
  SPEAKER_08: Either one of them.
• 1:36:18
  SPEAKER_08: You said it looked like the room was packed.
• 1:36:22
  SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
• 1:36:22
  SPEAKER_08: Not ransacked looking for something.
• 1:36:25
  SPEAKER_08: Someone hastily packed to leave.
• 1:36:28
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 1:36:28
  SPEAKER_08: That sounds like Isra to be.
• 1:36:30
  SPEAKER_11: Because there's still other items that are there that would have been taken.
• 1:36:34
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:36:34
  SPEAKER_11: So there's parallel.
• 1:36:35
  SPEAKER_09: Did I see anything?
• 1:36:36
  SPEAKER_09: When I was looking around.
• 1:36:37
  SPEAKER_11: Did you roll an investigation check?
• 1:36:39
  SPEAKER_09: You didn't have me.
• 1:36:39
  SPEAKER_09: I was my trucing.
• 1:36:40
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, your trucing.
• 1:36:41
  SPEAKER_11: You don't see anything that like comes out as trucing, but if you're looking to find something, you'd have to roll an investigation.
• 1:36:46
  unknown: Okay.
• 1:36:47
  SPEAKER_08: But there is the pilfer.
• 1:36:49
  SPEAKER_08: Because I can't.
• 1:36:53
  SPEAKER_07: 18.
• 1:36:53
  SPEAKER_11: 18.
• 1:36:54
  SPEAKER_11: Uh there's still some items of use, um, spell casting items that you may be able to use for certain things.
• 1:37:03
  SPEAKER_11: There is a couple of healing potions that have like fallen out.
• 1:37:06
  SPEAKER_09: Just like regular.
• 1:37:07
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, just regular potions of healing that have fallen out and clattered to the ground.
• 1:37:11
  SPEAKER_11: Um, there's some root food and some rations that are there.
• 1:37:14
  SPEAKER_11: Um, you do find a little satchel of jewels.
• 1:37:18
  SPEAKER_11: Uh, nothing that's uh diamond size, but possibly, you know, valuable to any kind of a trader.
• 1:37:26
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 1:37:27
  SPEAKER_08: But nothing indicating like hidden compartments or like correspondence or anything.
• 1:37:34
  SPEAKER_11: No, nothing like that.
• 1:37:35
  SPEAKER_11: Um you do notice that there is a uh a map box where there's a bunch of rolled up maps that seems to have been rifled through and a couple have been pulled out.
• 1:37:45
  SPEAKER_11: Without knowing what was there in the first place, it's tough to ascertain what was taken out.
• 1:37:48
  SPEAKER_08: I'll take the maps and give them a rolled though.
• 1:37:50
  SPEAKER_08: He's our map guy.
• 1:37:51
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, whatever is left, just you know, more maps, whatever.
• 1:37:54
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, sure.
• 1:37:54
  SPEAKER_11: There are maps of the surrounding area, there are maps of the mountains, there are maps of mine locations, entrances into the mountain, and then there's a couple of maps that lead down towards the south uh with markings of certain tribes, um nomad tribes, and other dwarven villages.
• 1:38:10
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, okay.
• 1:38:11
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, perfect.
• 1:38:12
  SPEAKER_11: Yep.
• 1:38:13
  SPEAKER_01: If I go out and follow the tracks, do they footprints, it's just in the snow, it doesn't go all the way through to the ground underneath?
• 1:38:22
  SPEAKER_11: The snowpack is very deep here.
• 1:38:24
  SPEAKER_01: Okay.
• 1:38:24
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 1:38:25
  SPEAKER_09: Does it look like the footprints of the tracing I took back in troublesome?
• 1:38:32
  SPEAKER_08: Of the creature that was in troublesome.
• 1:38:35
  SPEAKER_08: Stealing the children.
• 1:38:38
  SPEAKER_11: Um it would be similar, yeah.
• 1:38:46
  SPEAKER_14: Ooh.
• 1:38:48
  SPEAKER_14: Good question.
• 1:38:53
  SPEAKER_14: Do we want to try to do that?
• 1:38:54
  SPEAKER_08: I think Israel known, I think Israel was the problem.
• 1:38:56
  SPEAKER_08: I don't think I think Borick was a problem, but she was not this specific problem.
• 1:39:01
  SPEAKER_08: I think it was Israel.
• 1:39:03
  SPEAKER_08: I think she played us.
• 1:39:04
  SPEAKER_14: Traps are two days old.
• 1:39:05
  SPEAKER_14: There's no way we can find it.
• 1:39:07
  SPEAKER_14: Israel told you of the of the letter she had from the wretched dawn.
• 1:39:12
  SPEAKER_14: What if her sister got it and was using that against her?
• 1:39:14
  SPEAKER_01: She could have planted it there.
• 1:39:16
  SPEAKER_14: Or her sister could have been using it to have sway over her and she turned the tables on her.
• 1:39:21
  SPEAKER_08: I mean, Boric was rich, let's not get that.
• 1:39:23
  SPEAKER_08: Or they were working together because they are both missing.
• 1:39:27
  SPEAKER_08: Exactly.
• 1:39:28
  SPEAKER_08: Because why else would Boric be missing?
• 1:39:31
  SPEAKER_03: She may have seemed sweet and nice.
• 1:39:34
  SPEAKER_08: Yes, right, yes.
• 1:39:36
  SPEAKER_03: However, they've all been a sham.
• 1:39:38
  SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
• 1:39:38
  SPEAKER_07: I think it's clear.
• 1:39:42
  SPEAKER_08: I don't think she was a dwarf.
• 1:39:44
  SPEAKER_08: I'm very disappointed.
• 1:39:45
  SPEAKER_08: Whoever Isra might have originally been, I think she's been replaced.
• 1:39:48
  SPEAKER_03: That's possibly replaced as well.
• 1:39:51
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 1:39:52
  SPEAKER_03: That does make sense.
• 1:39:54
  SPEAKER_08: Do we tell the council or we for them to sort out their leadership problem?
• 1:39:58
  SPEAKER_03: What difference does it make now?
• 1:40:00
  SPEAKER_08: I don't think it makes any difference.
• 1:40:02
  SPEAKER_14: They shouldn't they should have this knowledge, especially if we are going to be leading.
• 1:40:06
  SPEAKER_08: Yes, but I don't think it'll make any difference to them.
• 1:40:08
  SPEAKER_08: They might already be aware.
• 1:40:10
  SPEAKER_08: N FYI, basically.
• 1:40:12
  SPEAKER_14: We can let them know, however.
• 1:40:14
  SPEAKER_14: When why don't we go back?
• 1:40:16
  SPEAKER_14: All right, let them know and and give our opinion on, we believe the second.
• 1:40:20
  SPEAKER_08: Who do you guys support?
• 1:40:21
  SPEAKER_08: I vote for for what the fringer.
• 1:40:25
  SPEAKER_08: Brynja.
• 1:40:25
  SPEAKER_14: Brindja offered loyalty.
• 1:40:27
  SPEAKER_08: Loyalty is something that I am not willing to take for granted.
• 1:40:32
  SPEAKER_08: Not just trying to buy us loyalty.
• 1:40:34
  SPEAKER_01: And she would probably pick a very smart second.
• 1:40:40
  SPEAKER_08: Maybe the knowledge guy.
• 1:40:42
  SPEAKER_08: Or maybe the treasury guy, because honestly, maybe they need money.
• 1:40:45
  SPEAKER_08: They could use that.
• 1:40:48
  SPEAKER_08: Maybe she's.
• 1:40:48
  SPEAKER_07: I should set up like some sort of like trifectorate.
• 1:40:52
  SPEAKER_08: That would be fantastic.
• 1:40:53
  SPEAKER_08: A left and a right if you would.
• 1:40:55
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
• 1:40:56
  SPEAKER_08: I vote for her.
• 1:40:58
  SPEAKER_08: What do you guys say?
• 1:40:59
  SPEAKER_14: I would say vote for her and suggest two seconds to that she picks to counsel her.
• 1:41:04
  SPEAKER_08: Mm-hmm.
• 1:41:05
  SPEAKER_08: Two must agree on any large decision.
• 1:41:09
  SPEAKER_03: I say politics has nothing to do with uh Silvery Moons are concerned.
• 1:41:13
  SPEAKER_03: Everything becomes politics.
• 1:41:16
  SPEAKER_09: It all comes down to politics.
• 1:41:18
  SPEAKER_14: We will need every friend and ally in our pocket that we can to take back Silvery Moon and Crystal Pearl.
• 1:41:28
  SPEAKER_03: Well, do you think is anyone do we know if any of them were involved with Israel and Bork?
• 1:41:34
  SPEAKER_08: We don't know that.
• 1:41:36
  SPEAKER_03: That could have an influence on the decision.
• 1:41:39
  SPEAKER_08: I have no way of telling anymore.
• 1:41:41
  SPEAKER_14: I say we back Brigga, her choose where seconds would be.
• 1:41:44
  SPEAKER_14: But have her choose too that she must always have at least two people who agree.
• 1:41:48
  SPEAKER_09: And then the military guy could be in charge of the military.
• 1:41:53
  SPEAKER_14: He'll give his counsel, and if both agreed or one other agreed with him, then they work instead.
• 1:41:58
  SPEAKER_14: And if not, Brigha has her say.
• 1:42:01
  SPEAKER_08: Brinja.
• 1:42:02
  SPEAKER_08: Brinja, Brinja.
• 1:42:03
  SPEAKER_14: Ninja.
• 1:42:04
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 1:42:04
  SPEAKER_03: I'll never forget it.
• 1:42:05
  SPEAKER_08: There we go.
• 1:42:06
  SPEAKER_03: Why didn't we just say she was a ninja?
• 1:42:08
  SPEAKER_08: Good job reading.
• 1:42:09
  SPEAKER_08: Alright, let's head.
• 1:42:10
  SPEAKER_03: I have actually gotten a lot better.
• 1:42:11
  SPEAKER_03: Whether or not you've been teaching, I've been working with the change.
• 1:42:14
  SPEAKER_02: It's me!
• 1:42:16
  SPEAKER_03: I know you were.
• 1:42:17
  SPEAKER_03: I didn't say it's not okay.
• 1:42:21
  SPEAKER_03: I was looking directly at you.
• 1:42:22
  SPEAKER_03: I don't know why you're saying that.
• 1:42:24
  SPEAKER_07: You were looking at her.
• 1:42:25
  SPEAKER_07: You actually were looking at me.
• 1:42:26
  SPEAKER_03: But Rold was looking at you.
• 1:42:28
  SPEAKER_03: But Rolld was looking at you.
• 1:42:32
  SPEAKER_14: I quit mitigating with you.
• 1:42:35
  SPEAKER_14: He was looking right to jog his memory.
• 1:42:38
  SPEAKER_14: Don't you know?
• 1:42:39
  SPEAKER_14: Right from everyone?
• 1:42:42
  SPEAKER_07: We haven't enough downtime for you to continue your lessons lately.
• 1:42:45
  SPEAKER_14: Well, let's go tell the council get ready for this wake before we deal with the hourglass and try to make plans for the striking.
• 1:42:54
  SPEAKER_08: Oh dear.
• 1:42:56
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know.
• 1:42:56
  SPEAKER_08: I'm I'm panicking.
• 1:42:58
  SPEAKER_08: I'm not panicking.
• 1:42:59
  SPEAKER_08: I'm just enraged.
• 1:43:00
  SPEAKER_08: No, I'm just mad.
• 1:43:02
  SPEAKER_14: Do we not want Drax around for that?
• 1:43:04
  SPEAKER_14: Just in case we need backup.
• 1:43:05
  SPEAKER_14: What is he doing to you?
• 1:43:06
  SPEAKER_08: He could stop pooping for a moment.
• 1:43:08
  SPEAKER_03: What could he possibly do?
• 1:43:11
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, we're gonna we're going back to the council for now.
• 1:43:14
  SPEAKER_08: We've we've talked it over, we think we like Rinja.
• 1:43:18
  SPEAKER_03: Collaborate.
• 1:43:19
  SPEAKER_03: That is only an open year.
• 1:43:21
  SPEAKER_08: Enter without announcement.
• 1:43:23
  SPEAKER_08: We just walk right past the guards because they're gonna get fired regardless.
• 1:43:27
  SPEAKER_08: I mean, they're really guys like come on.
• 1:43:30
  SPEAKER_14: I know walks up and says, Lay down.
• 1:43:33
  SPEAKER_14: Lay down.
• 1:43:33
  SPEAKER_14: You got knocked out from behind, you don't know who did it.
• 1:43:35
  SPEAKER_08: They're still getting fired.
• 1:43:39
  SPEAKER_08: They get fired no matter what.
• 1:43:40
  SPEAKER_08: So um you might as well have fun with this, boys.
• 1:43:44
  SPEAKER_08: Do what you want.
• 1:43:45
  SPEAKER_08: And we walk on in.
• 1:43:47
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 1:43:48
  SPEAKER_11: There's a new guy there.
• 1:43:49
  SPEAKER_11: You're fired, but he's trembling.
• 1:43:51
  SPEAKER_14: Sorry.
• 1:43:52
  SPEAKER_14: He's like, Well, you can't go in there.
• 1:43:54
  SPEAKER_14: No, it's a oh, don't worry.
• 1:43:56
  SPEAKER_14: They asked for us to come back and we're gonna tell them that we were told to just walk in.
• 1:44:00
  SPEAKER_11: All right, so you guys walk in and the council's still there and they're talking, and Durgan says, We'll let you in.
• 1:44:05
  SPEAKER_08: I did.
• 1:44:06
  SPEAKER_08: Thank you.
• 1:44:07
  SPEAKER_08: You asked us to come back and give your give our opinion for you.
• 1:44:11
  SPEAKER_11: All right, he calls one of his aides.
• 1:44:12
  SPEAKER_08: Because you asked so nicely, we came straight back to you.
• 1:44:16
  SPEAKER_08: You said it was urgent, and we took your word to heart.
• 1:44:22
  SPEAKER_11: He calls one of his aides over.
• 1:44:24
  SPEAKER_11: He's like, fire those two guys.
• 1:44:32
  SPEAKER_08: I mean, I feel like you need a secretariat receptionist.
• 1:44:36
  SPEAKER_12: How many do they have?
• 1:44:38
  SPEAKER_08: So many.
• 1:44:39
  SPEAKER_08: What they do is they just go and like put on the new fake beer each time.
• 1:44:43
  SPEAKER_08: So like hey, they fired the guy.
• 1:44:46
  SPEAKER_14: It's just like how the Empire, you know, invader chokes you, you just go put a new mustache on.
• 1:44:50
  SPEAKER_14: He doesn't actually choke you, you just play along with it.
• 1:44:53
  SPEAKER_14: They just keep cycling people so he doesn't get mad and kill you with the lightsaber.
• 1:44:58
  SPEAKER_08: Alright, we go in.
• 1:44:59
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:45:01
  SPEAKER_11: Council greets you.
• 1:45:07
  SPEAKER_03: Have you chose who you're backing?
• 1:45:10
  SPEAKER_08: Yes, we have.
• 1:45:11
  SPEAKER_03: I'm gonna say Israel is gone.
• 1:45:13
  SPEAKER_03: We think she's involved, and I really want to watch everyone's faces based on that message.
• 1:45:18
  SPEAKER_11: Uh, okay.
• 1:45:19
  SPEAKER_11: Um you kind of get the feeling that everyone's like, What do you mean she's gone?
• 1:45:25
  SPEAKER_09: She's cleared out her shop rather hastily.
• 1:45:28
  SPEAKER_09: Probably what?
• 1:45:30
  SPEAKER_09: What was that irony you figured a day or two ago?
• 1:45:33
  SPEAKER_14: About two days ago.
• 1:45:35
  SPEAKER_14: And when we fled out her back door.
• 1:45:37
  SPEAKER_08: That would have been when we entered the mine.
• 1:45:40
  SPEAKER_14: Over top of your wall, or under top of your under your wall, which she was able to burrow through.
• 1:45:45
  SPEAKER_14: And in a strange gate, fled into the woods.
• 1:45:48
  SPEAKER_14: So either something took her after she packed up her shop and she wrote it, or she turned into a creature and fled your city.
• 1:45:57
  SPEAKER_14: Is anyone reacting to that message at all?
• 1:46:00
  SPEAKER_11: Well, they're just kind of confused.
• 1:46:02
  SPEAKER_11: Varak kind of sits there and he leans back and he goes, Ha ha ha.
• 1:46:07
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I've long since I had my suspicions that there have been shifters among us, but I did not think that it would be Isra.
• 1:46:16
  SPEAKER_11: Are you quite sure?
• 1:46:18
  SPEAKER_14: I'm quite sure something left through her back door that had a gate that I had to stretch myself to pace.
• 1:46:27
  SPEAKER_14: It would have been larger than Drunkin.
• 1:46:29
  SPEAKER_14: And he starts writing down notes as you're saying all that.
• 1:46:32
  SPEAKER_14: And Delphine informed.
• 1:46:34
  SPEAKER_14: The shop she says was packed up.
• 1:46:37
  SPEAKER_14: Not ransacked.
• 1:46:39
  SPEAKER_14: Packed.
• 1:46:42
  SPEAKER_10: Well, that's very interesting.
• 1:46:44
  SPEAKER_07: It's possible that it wasn't Israel along.
• 1:46:47
  SPEAKER_07: It could have been replaced Israel at some point.
• 1:46:50
  SPEAKER_07: Do you mean when you say shifter, what do you mean by shifter?
• 1:46:54
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I do think that there's types of creatures in this world that don't stick to one particular form.
• 1:47:02
  SPEAKER_11: I mean, there's many a type to even just wear magical items that will alter their appearance.
• 1:47:10
  SPEAKER_11: And they're not to be trusted.
• 1:47:12
  SPEAKER_11: But if we had one living among us, then that's our fault for not seeing it.
• 1:47:21
  SPEAKER_11: I think that we should investigate further.
• 1:47:23
  SPEAKER_11: And Jurgen says, Hey! I'll send troops to that shoppery, now we'll start talking her.
• 1:47:29
  SPEAKER_11: I'm sure we won't get far.
• 1:47:31
  SPEAKER_14: I give him the coordinates on the wall, basically, where I'm like, the hole where she fled through is on the wall on this side, and then the track lead to the forest.
• 1:47:38
  SPEAKER_14: I did not, I'm like, I perched atop the wall, but did not leave.
• 1:47:42
  SPEAKER_11: So then he goes, and he he walks to the door and he summons two of his guards that are out walking around and goes, Well, and he barks orders to them to go check it out, and they start running towards and he comes back in.
• 1:47:53
  SPEAKER_11: Back to the bottom.
• 1:47:54
  SPEAKER_11: But from what you can tell, uh, Rold, there's dozens there seems to be surprise and shock among everybody.
• 1:48:01
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:48:03
  SPEAKER_14: That's good.
• 1:48:03
  SPEAKER_14: The way you handle this, we have perhaps a suggestion.
• 1:48:10
  SPEAKER_14: Not only that who do who we back, but a suggestion about how you might do that backing.
• 1:48:16
  SPEAKER_08: We want to suggest that Brynja is our choice.
• 1:48:22
  SPEAKER_08: She has experience.
• 1:48:24
  SPEAKER_08: She is the daughter of the last king.
• 1:48:27
  SPEAKER_08: And she was the chosen of the king that has just passed.
• 1:48:34
  SPEAKER_08: We believe that she is the most worthy candidate.
• 1:48:38
  SPEAKER_08: However, we do not believe that there should be only a second.
• 1:48:42
  SPEAKER_08: We believe that there should be a council of more that should assist with decision making.
• 1:48:49
  SPEAKER_08: Maybe a right and a left hand.
• 1:48:52
  SPEAKER_08: Two people by her side to uh make decisions along with her.
• 1:48:59
  SPEAKER_14: Two must always agree in order for the decision to go forward.
• 1:49:03
  SPEAKER_08: This is within the best interest of your town, of your village, of your people.
• 1:49:08
  SPEAKER_11: Knowing what you know of dwarven culture does that seem attainable?
• 1:49:18
  SPEAKER_08: All we can do is suggest what we think would be the most practical for them.
• 1:49:24
  SPEAKER_08: Right.
• 1:49:24
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 1:49:25
  SPEAKER_08: They're what they do.
• 1:49:27
  SPEAKER_07: The final choice will, of course, be with you and with whatever you believe is best.
• 1:49:34
  SPEAKER_08: We wish for a partnership with your people.
• 1:49:37
  SPEAKER_08: We wish for a alliance where we are welcome and can count on your people and you can count on us.
• 1:49:46
  SPEAKER_11: You watch as kind of the heads of Varg and Kazrick like fuck.
• 1:49:52
  SPEAKER_11: They like turn away.
• 1:49:54
  SPEAKER_11: Durgen just sits there and goes, his face gets all red and brings you.
• 1:50:00
  SPEAKER_11: Goes, would you be willing to stand up at the wake to recognize my claim?
• 1:50:07
  SPEAKER_11: Yes, we would.
• 1:50:11
  SPEAKER_11: Once the king is laid to the rest, that will be the next order of things.
• 1:50:16
  SPEAKER_11: We will have to choose a new leader.
• 1:50:19
  SPEAKER_11: And it will be the council that votes.
• 1:50:23
  SPEAKER_11: And if you have if I have your recognition to my claim that will hold weight.
• 1:50:29
  SPEAKER_11: If you wouldn't mind.
• 1:50:31
  SPEAKER_11: That's all I ask.
• 1:50:32
  SPEAKER_11: We will discuss the terms of this council left-right hand.
• 1:50:38
  SPEAKER_11: Although I don't foresee how that will work, but we will discuss these terms.
• 1:50:43
  SPEAKER_11: But if you are willing to back me, I will graciously accept.
• 1:50:47
  SPEAKER_11: They all bring their merits, as already been previously mentioned.
• 1:50:51
  SPEAKER_14: The mere fact that you are willing to try new things is worthy of our support.
• 1:50:58
  SPEAKER_14: And the loyalty you show to your people and that you offer, I believe, carries weight.
• 1:51:06
  SPEAKER_07: I'd only add that you need to keep in mind looking to the future is good.
• 1:51:11
  SPEAKER_08: We all need hope.
• 1:51:13
  SPEAKER_08: But you need to be, in choosing your second, be aware of the world we're in right now and the problems we're facing right now, and who you would need by your side.
• 1:51:23
  SPEAKER_11: We would take that under advisement.
• 1:51:25
  SPEAKER_11: Durgen kind of gets up in a huff and he goes, You're all a bunch of blasted fools.
• 1:51:31
  SPEAKER_11: You're gonna dom us to death.
• 1:51:34
  SPEAKER_11: Ah, gonna stun it.
• 1:51:35
  SPEAKER_11: And he like turns and he storms out, and his two aides kind of go with him and he storms through the tent door.
• 1:51:40
  SPEAKER_09: And also ask that you stop firing your guards just for letting people come ask you questions.
• 1:51:45
  SPEAKER_08: It's gotta be a terrible amount of paperwork.
• 1:51:48
  SPEAKER_14: The psychological damage alone to the doors on the state.
• 1:51:52
  SPEAKER_11: It's the way of things.
• 1:51:53
  SPEAKER_11: It is the way of things.
• 1:51:54
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, so then the council starts to disperse and they start to leave.
• 1:51:57
  SPEAKER_11: I'm going to make preparations for the wake, which happens pretty shortly here in about an hour.
• 1:52:02
  SPEAKER_11: So you have a few minutes if you want to.
• 1:52:03
  SPEAKER_08: I think we should go to the wake first.
• 1:52:05
  SPEAKER_08: I don't want to deal with the hourglass before that.
• 1:52:09
  SPEAKER_14: What should we go to the wake?
• 1:52:12
  SPEAKER_14: I've never.
• 1:52:14
  SPEAKER_14: Do we just wear our armor?
• 1:52:17
  SPEAKER_14: Our gear?
• 1:52:17
  SPEAKER_07: Clean the blood and dirt, maybe?
• 1:52:20
  SPEAKER_07: Do you have any nicer clothes?
• 1:52:23
  SPEAKER_14: I have the spider shirt you got me as he perks up.
• 1:52:26
  SPEAKER_07: Yeah.
• 1:52:27
  SPEAKER_07: Maybe dress a little bit nicer, run a comb through your hair, splash some water and soap on you once in a while.
• 1:52:35
  SPEAKER_03: She says to roll the snow here.
• 1:52:37
  unknown: Dr.
• 1:52:39
  SPEAKER_11: Roll in the snow.
• 1:52:41
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, cool.
• 1:52:42
  SPEAKER_11: So you guys can disperse then for that time being.
• 1:52:45
  SPEAKER_11: And uh you'll reconvene when the when the wake begins.
• 1:52:50
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, we'll take a short break.
• 1:52:53
  SPEAKER_03: Dissonant Whispers, we'll be right back.
• 1:52:55
  SPEAKER_03: Stay tuned and enjoy the show.
• 1:52:57
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, so you guys have about an hour before the wake starts.
• 1:53:03
  SPEAKER_11: What does everybody want to do?
• 1:53:06
  SPEAKER_08: Are we together?
• 1:53:08
  SPEAKER_08: You?
• 1:53:08
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 1:53:09
  SPEAKER_00: We're all together.
• 1:53:09
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander and Delphine are definitely together.
• 1:53:13
  SPEAKER_00: I think we're all still together, aren't we?
• 1:53:16
  SPEAKER_08: So we're still just in the tent, or you just hanging out in the tent with the answers.
• 1:53:23
  SPEAKER_14: Let's go back to the area in the back of the in.
• 1:53:30
  SPEAKER_09: I assume the wake itself will be at some sort of central area.
• 1:53:34
  SPEAKER_14: Again, are we going to we should change out of our regular armor for this?
• 1:53:39
  SPEAKER_14: I will stay in my armor.
• 1:53:42
  SPEAKER_08: Put on something a little more respectful.
• 1:53:46
  SPEAKER_04: Yours is black.
• 1:53:47
  SPEAKER_04: Mine's black.
• 1:53:48
  SPEAKER_04: You're black.
• 1:53:49
  SPEAKER_08: Lander is robe of disguise to put on something entirely black.
• 1:53:56
  SPEAKER_08: A little mournful.
• 1:53:59
  SPEAKER_08: A little bit of uh lace and chiffon.
• 1:54:04
  SPEAKER_08: Flowy.
• 1:54:05
  SPEAKER_14: I uh I attune to the to the wraps.
• 1:54:11
  SPEAKER_10: Okay.
• 1:54:12
  SPEAKER_14: As uh get the spider shirt on and just I guess from my normal clothes pull up, trousers or something.
• 1:54:19
  SPEAKER_14: But I have a tune from my uh ring of protection, which I had re attuned to, but I got a tune from that.
• 1:54:25
  SPEAKER_14: And doing so, that makes Ira think of something.
• 1:54:29
  SPEAKER_14: He comes over to you, Oli.
• 1:54:31
  SPEAKER_14: And he says, You made me some promises last night.
• 1:54:35
  SPEAKER_14: My turn.
• 1:54:36
  SPEAKER_14: I promise I will always be there for you.
• 1:54:38
  SPEAKER_14: I will be the rolling banks to your roiling river.
• 1:54:41
  SPEAKER_14: I take and claim all that you love and care about as my own to protect.
• 1:54:46
  SPEAKER_14: This is my dad's ring that kept me safe.
• 1:54:49
  SPEAKER_14: Hopefully, it will keep you safe as well.
• 1:54:51
  SPEAKER_14: And I put the ring on her finger.
• 1:54:54
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander is very touched, and she relies on the fact that Einar is taking everything that she considers important, such as her family, and their survival and their vulnerability as his own important.
• 1:55:10
  SPEAKER_08: And she values that, treasures that greatly.
• 1:55:13
  unknown: He has joined a cult.
• 1:55:15
  SPEAKER_12: He has joined a fucking cult.
• 1:55:17
  SPEAKER_12: Yes! I just married into a cult.
• 1:55:19
  SPEAKER_12: She said it! She said it was a cult! And I'm proud, I'm happy to defend this cult.
• 1:55:24
  SPEAKER_12: I am the cult.
• 1:55:25
  SPEAKER_12: She did her job.
• 1:55:26
  SPEAKER_12: She was supposed to go out in the world and bring a boy back.
• 1:55:28
  SPEAKER_12: We're kids, or one of the two.
• 1:55:30
  SPEAKER_12: She's doing good.
• 1:55:33
  SPEAKER_14: And I said, I have the nice spider shirt on that Delphine gave me.
• 1:55:38
  SPEAKER_14: It's a pity my brother can't wear his because he sacrificed it to get someone back.
• 1:55:41
  SPEAKER_14: We treasure these things.
• 1:55:42
  SPEAKER_14: No one's given us a gift before.
• 1:55:44
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, but Drax isn't gonna be there.
• 1:55:45
  SPEAKER_14: He's pooping.
• 1:55:46
  SPEAKER_14: He's still pooping?
• 1:55:47
  SPEAKER_14: Oh my god.
• 1:55:48
  SPEAKER_14: I go to check on my brother to make sure he isn't dead from dehydration.
• 1:55:51
  SPEAKER_14: He's very dehydrated, but he's fine.
• 1:55:53
  SPEAKER_14: I get him some water, but I don't go in.
• 1:55:54
  SPEAKER_14: I have his apple come pick it up.
• 1:55:56
  SPEAKER_11: It's terrible.
• 1:55:56
  SPEAKER_11: You can't go in there.
• 1:55:57
  SPEAKER_08: Give him some electrolyte drink.
• 1:56:00
  SPEAKER_08: Electroly.
• 1:56:01
  SPEAKER_08: Mr.
• 1:56:01
  SPEAKER_08: Drax opens the door.
• 1:56:03
  SPEAKER_11: What do you, Delphine?
• 1:56:04
  SPEAKER_11: What do you want to do?
• 1:56:05
  SPEAKER_07: Well, if we're all getting changed, she'll put on something nicer.
• 1:56:07
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:56:08
  SPEAKER_07: Then she wants to try to do ascending because if we're going possibly to Silver Moon, there's a couple options, places that we could go.
• 1:56:16
  SPEAKER_07: Obviously, the Dwarven Temple, but she knows that her parents have a teleportation circle in her home.
• 1:56:23
  SPEAKER_07: She doesn't know if her home is safe or not, but when she was a child, she would have had a like a code to know when it was safe to come out of her room and there's no one in the house.
• 1:56:34
  SPEAKER_07: So she's gonna do a sending to her mother this time because her father was the one she contacted before.
• 1:56:42
  SPEAKER_07: So she's gonna ask her mother and ask Thelia, I want to pick a bouquet of flowers.
• 1:56:51
  SPEAKER_07: Would the oleander be in bloom right now?
• 1:56:54
  SPEAKER_07: May I pick some or is the season late?
• 1:56:58
  SPEAKER_11: Um, this message falls flat.
• 1:57:03
  SPEAKER_01: Does it is it the same feeling as before?
• 1:57:05
  SPEAKER_11: Sounds like it jots up against something and doesn't go forward.
• 1:57:09
  SPEAKER_01: She's gonna do the same message to her father.
• 1:57:12
  SPEAKER_01: Same message.
• 1:57:13
  SPEAKER_01: I would like to pick a bouquet of oleander.
• 1:57:17
  SPEAKER_09: Is it in bloom or is the season late?
• 1:57:19
  SPEAKER_11: Same thing.
• 1:57:26
  SPEAKER_01: Okay.
• 1:57:27
  SPEAKER_01: She's just gonna go back downstairs.
• 1:57:29
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:57:32
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, everybody kind of comes downstairs.
• 1:57:34
  SPEAKER_11: Did you guys want to do anything else?
• 1:57:37
  SPEAKER_11: I guess I leaned up a little.
• 1:57:39
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 1:57:40
  SPEAKER_11: What a guy.
• 1:57:44
  SPEAKER_11: Roll goes downstairs and he is looking dapper.
• 1:57:48
  SPEAKER_08: Watch his hatch!
• 1:57:51
  SPEAKER_04: Look at your hair! We'll do something.
• 1:57:56
  SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna actually use just a cell phone myself.
• 1:57:58
  SPEAKER_04: And I'm gonna make a tailored suit.
• 1:58:02
  SPEAKER_12: Oh dang.
• 1:58:03
  SPEAKER_04: Oh rippling pectorals.
• 1:58:05
  SPEAKER_04: Oh yeah, it's like perfect for like hair done.
• 1:58:10
  SPEAKER_04: Dapper.
• 1:58:11
  SPEAKER_08: Nothing just be like, oh you boys clean up so good.
• 1:58:14
  SPEAKER_08: Look at you.
• 1:58:15
  SPEAKER_04: And I'm gonna be like, all eyes on me.
• 1:58:18
  SPEAKER_04: Oh yeah.
• 1:58:19
  SPEAKER_08: All eyes are on you.
• 1:58:21
  SPEAKER_11: Because you get advantage on charisma checks for the rest of the session while you're in that open.
• 1:58:27
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, he is looking fine.
• 1:58:29
  SPEAKER_11: You don't see the ink through it.
• 1:58:30
  SPEAKER_11: Fine hot shite.
• 1:58:33
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, anybody else?
• 1:58:37
  unknown: Cool.
• 1:58:38
  SPEAKER_11: So as you come downstairs, um everybody is moving towards the main hall.
• 1:58:44
  SPEAKER_11: Celebrations are beginning to get underway.
• 1:58:47
  SPEAKER_11: A Dwarven Wake is not like most wakes.
• 1:58:52
  SPEAKER_11: It is more of a party.
• 1:58:54
  SPEAKER_11: An Irish Wake.
• 1:58:55
  SPEAKER_11: It is a sending off of a king and a leader, and somebody who watched over the village for years and years and years, saw babies born, saw people die, but uh and now has returned to the earth, and they are sending him off the way that only dwarves know how to send off.
• 1:59:17
  SPEAKER_11: As you walk into the hall, there is uh a large gathering of dwarves all around, big long tables, steins of beer, and singing and merrymaking throughout the whole thing.
• 1:59:37
  SPEAKER_08: We waltz in with confidence, as though we 100% belong here.
• 1:59:45
  SPEAKER_08: I own this place.
• 1:59:46
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 1:59:47
  SPEAKER_08: Oh yeah.
• 1:59:48
  SPEAKER_08: We show no fear, no lack of confidence, nothing.
• 1:59:52
  SPEAKER_08: We walk in and grab drinks.
• 1:59:56
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander turns to everybody as we grab drinks in the middle of the wake, turns to all the townsfolk, and says, To your king that has fallen, but to you who will rise above this, who will pick new leadership, and who will thrive in the future.
• 2:00:21
  SPEAKER_08: To a new Epherial, to you guys who will be better than you ever were before.
• 2:00:29
  SPEAKER_11: And you see them kind of turn, and they all look at you and they kind of look your groove up and down.
• 2:00:36
  SPEAKER_11: And one shorter dwarf, he kind of stands up, gets up on the table.
• 2:00:42
  SPEAKER_11: Bye! To the next.
• 2:00:47
  SPEAKER_11: And they all go, to the next! Bye! And they all clank their stines and slam them together and start drinking their beer, and the party gets going again.
• 2:00:55
  SPEAKER_11: Join in the festival.
• 2:00:57
  SPEAKER_11: Exactly.
• 2:00:58
  SPEAKER_14: There's an uncharacteristic smile on Einar's face.
• 2:01:03
  SPEAKER_14: There's a moment as he checks, he's just not used to not having the belts, not having the tight breastplate, the formula when there's a strange comfort he feels, and he actually says it necessarily to noctus about how this feels almost more right.
• 2:01:18
  SPEAKER_14: We're never unarmed.
• 2:01:21
  SPEAKER_14: And he looks around and he goes, just thinks to himself, this is what it's about.
• 2:01:29
  SPEAKER_14: Living for this kind of thing and fighting for this kind of thing.
• 2:01:31
  SPEAKER_14: And I'm assuming is there music playing?
• 2:01:33
  SPEAKER_14: Is there I can hear that?
• 2:01:36
  SPEAKER_11: Yep, there's music playing.
• 2:01:37
  SPEAKER_14: I thought so.
• 2:01:38
  SPEAKER_14: I grab my bride's, my wife's hand, I say, let's have our first dance, and and characteristically leads her towards the floor.
• 2:01:45
  SPEAKER_14: Oh, she's a fabulous dancer.
• 2:01:46
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
• 2:01:47
  SPEAKER_08: Of course.
• 2:01:47
  SPEAKER_11: Well, roll a performance check.
• 2:01:53
  SPEAKER_08: Oh no, she's a fabulous dancer.
• 2:01:55
  SPEAKER_08: She or she rolls a 23.
• 2:01:57
  SPEAKER_11: Right, I enter.
• 2:01:58
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, me too.
• 2:01:59
  SPEAKER_08: Never said 23.
• 2:02:00
  SPEAKER_08: 12 plus five.
• 2:02:01
  SPEAKER_08: I do a seven.
• 2:02:02
  SPEAKER_08: You do a good job.
• 2:02:04
  SPEAKER_14: You're a good job.
• 2:02:06
  SPEAKER_11: He keeps up.
• 2:02:07
  SPEAKER_11: He keeps up.
• 2:02:08
  SPEAKER_08: He keeps up to the fabulousness that I am.
• 2:02:11
  SPEAKER_14: Was that Delphine's or Nikki's cock at that word?
• 2:02:15
  SPEAKER_14: At what he said.
• 2:02:18
  SPEAKER_11: Right.
• 2:02:18
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, they uh it goes on for hours and and hours, and and there's kind of a lull here and there where the music slows down and speeds back up and then slows down, and then towards the towards the middle, maybe towards maybe three-quarters of the the wake, the music stops and in walks uh Brinja, and she stands and she says, up at the front, she's on the stage.
• 2:02:47
  SPEAKER_11: And she goes, Can I have your attention, please?
• 2:02:51
  SPEAKER_11: Have everyone attention, please.
• 2:02:56
  SPEAKER_11: And everyone kind of stops and they face towards her.
• 2:03:01
  SPEAKER_11: You know, we've been through some hardships in this kingdom.
• 2:03:06
  SPEAKER_11: We've had some rough winters, but we've also had some great ones.
• 2:03:12
  SPEAKER_11: I can remember a time where Winter Forge was the beacon over the north of Etheria.
• 2:03:19
  SPEAKER_11: Where traders came from all about.
• 2:03:23
  SPEAKER_11: There is joy in these halls.
• 2:03:25
  SPEAKER_11: There were markets outside and children ran free and felt safe among these walls.
• 2:03:32
  SPEAKER_11: There's always been dangers outside in the forest, but within these walls we're a family.
• 2:03:41
  SPEAKER_11: And I would like to get back to that.
• 2:03:46
  SPEAKER_11: And I know that we are missing our kingdom.
• 2:03:51
  SPEAKER_11: But that does not stop us from moving forward.
• 2:03:56
  SPEAKER_11: And I, Purinja, would like to put forward my claim to be the next ruler.
• 2:04:07
  SPEAKER_11: And if there are anyone that stands against me, let them stand up now.
• 2:04:18
  SPEAKER_11: She kind of looks around the room, half expecting it.
• 2:04:22
  SPEAKER_11: Bark is standing there.
• 2:04:25
  SPEAKER_11: Shakes his head and open.
• 2:04:28
  SPEAKER_11: Kazrik as well.
• 2:04:30
  SPEAKER_11: Looks up.
• 2:04:33
  SPEAKER_11: And he nods his head at approval at Brinja.
• 2:04:38
  SPEAKER_11: Juurgen crosses his arms.
• 2:04:48
  SPEAKER_11: Just sits her quietly.
• 2:04:52
  SPEAKER_11: And Brynja kind of smiles and nods, knowing that Council has heard what has been said, heard her claim, and is supporting her.
• 2:05:05
  SPEAKER_11: And she says, We have guests here tonight, and I would like to recognize them.
• 2:05:12
  SPEAKER_11: With the heroes of Winterforge, the Vanguard, please stand.
• 2:05:16
  SPEAKER_11: And she motions to you guys to stand up.
• 2:05:18
  SPEAKER_08: We do, and we stand.
• 2:05:20
  SPEAKER_11: Please stand here now today and be recognized by these people as the heroes that you are for saving Winterforge, returning us to the glory of the Frost Forge, and giving us back our livelihood.
• 2:05:37
  SPEAKER_11: And the whole auditorium erupts in cheers, clanking glasses.
• 2:05:43
  SPEAKER_11: You're unable to move without dwarven hands grabbing you and shaking you and saying, I had a great beauty fucker, you cut! Alright, and they're hugging you and kissing you and giving you drinks and slapping you on the back, and and bring you just gets you quiets the crowd a little bit, she quiets the crowd.
• 2:06:02
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, okay, I'd eat, I'd eat.
• 2:06:06
  SPEAKER_11: Is there anybody here that will also support my claim?
• 2:06:11
  SPEAKER_14: Oliander stands up.
• 2:06:13
  SPEAKER_14: I know standing and raising the glass door.
• 2:06:16
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
• 2:06:16
  SPEAKER_14: I remember your glass and I stand and nod.
• 2:06:21
  SPEAKER_04: I'll stand and raise my glass.
• 2:06:24
  SPEAKER_11: And then one by one, as the other dwarves all see that you guys are doing that, they all stand as well.
• 2:06:29
  SPEAKER_11: Pretty soon it's unanimous among the entire hall.
• 2:06:33
  SPEAKER_11: And Brindia's eyes well up a little bit, realizing that not only is she taking the throne, but she's taking the throne with the full support of the Dwarven Society, which is huge and unprecedented in their time.
• 2:06:48
  SPEAKER_11: And she says, It is with that honor then that I accept the crown of Winter Forge.
• 2:06:56
  SPEAKER_11: And I dub these Planet of Vanguards our permanent allies and full residence of Winter Forge.
• 2:07:03
  SPEAKER_11: And again, the whole place erupts in cheers.
• 2:07:08
  SPEAKER_11: And the party goes on.
• 2:07:14
  SPEAKER_08: Pretty exciting.
• 2:07:16
  SPEAKER_14: I think Einar's in an uncharacteristically festive mood.
• 2:07:24
  SPEAKER_14: He's enjoying it, he's disarmed.
• 2:07:26
  SPEAKER_14: At some point he'll even blurt, I got married in this city.
• 2:07:28
  SPEAKER_14: To someone at random.
• 2:07:30
  SPEAKER_14: Because he's drunk and he's not used to dealing with that.
• 2:07:33
  SPEAKER_14: He's he's never really been drunk except for once, when his dad got him and his brother drunk to show them what it's like and how they'd lose their perception.
• 2:07:41
  SPEAKER_14: So, uh, have we let down his guard?
• 2:07:43
  SPEAKER_14: Have we been in a good mood?
• 2:07:44
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
• 2:07:45
  SPEAKER_14: It's he blurts it to someone who was congratulating it at one point and like asking him about the city.
• 2:07:51
  SPEAKER_14: What do you like to be here?
• 2:07:52
  SPEAKER_14: And it's I got married here.
• 2:07:54
  SPEAKER_14: I love this place.
• 2:07:55
  SPEAKER_11: I love dwarves.
• 2:07:56
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, there's lions that are dancing around and they're moving stuff around, and then as you see everything kind of happening, you can see that the main guard come up and they start to bow allegiance to Brinja, and one by one, well, the nobles and the dignitaries come up and they bow.
• 2:08:14
  SPEAKER_11: And then uh Durin walks up and he takes a knee, bows, and she like nods her head and picks him up, and then he clasps hands with her and then stares at her, drops her hand and then storms off, and he leaves the party.
• 2:08:32
  SPEAKER_11: And as that all comes to an end, then she makes one more kind of motion with her hand, and a group of dwarves now come and they lift the old king's body, and they start carrying him out of the hall and towards the bonfire pit that's been set up out in the main courtyard.
• 2:08:51
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, I sort of want to follow Jurin.
• 2:08:54
  SPEAKER_03: You gonna follow Jurine?
• 2:08:55
  SPEAKER_03: Just to the distance, because I don't know, why is he leaving?
• 2:09:00
  SPEAKER_03: Sure.
• 2:09:00
  SPEAKER_03: Sure, you can follow the jurisdiction.
• 2:09:02
  SPEAKER_03: I understand just to the distance.
• 2:09:03
  SPEAKER_03: Normally I'd be doing the same thing?
• 2:09:04
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 2:09:05
  SPEAKER_11: Yep.
• 2:09:05
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, sure.
• 2:09:06
  SPEAKER_11: Do you want to roll stealth?
• 2:09:07
  SPEAKER_11: Sure.
• 2:09:12
  SPEAKER_11: Uh 31.
• 2:09:15
  SPEAKER_11: You pull your hood up and you just blend in with the doors.
• 2:09:19
  SPEAKER_11: Gotcha.
• 2:09:20
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, and nobody, nobody even notices that you start blending in, you follow them.
• 2:09:24
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:09:24
  SPEAKER_11: Um, as the party kind of moves itself outdoors into the courtyard and the king's body gets laid on the cinders, they bring a torch to Brinda, and she looks around, she raises the torch in the air, and the other and she throws it on the pile, and the whole pile ignites, and they cremate the poor king, poor dead king's body.
• 2:09:41
  SPEAKER_11: As you're following out the back, you watch as uh Durgan goes kind of out, he storms into the snow and big hump, and you can see the puffs of like his breath just coming out as he mumbles to himself and walks, and he storms across out the back of the courtyard into a tent, pulls a flap open, slams it flat shut.
• 2:10:02
  SPEAKER_11: And you can hear him open up a cork of wine and just starts drinking.
• 2:10:05
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, that's fine.
• 2:10:06
  SPEAKER_11: That's good.
• 2:10:06
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:10:09
  SPEAKER_03: We've just seen shit go down a couple of times.
• 2:10:11
  SPEAKER_03: I don't want something to another freaking betrayal.
• 2:10:14
  SPEAKER_03: Absolutely.
• 2:10:15
  SPEAKER_03: Are you staying there or are you leaving?
• 2:10:17
  SPEAKER_11: I'll hang out for a bit and just listen, but yeah.
• 2:10:19
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, he's just you can hear him.
• 2:10:21
  SPEAKER_11: He's kind of drinking and angry and going.
• 2:10:23
  SPEAKER_11: He's like, Oh, she's gonna pay for that.
• 2:10:25
  SPEAKER_11: I'll tell you, that's not gonna be a good one.
• 2:10:27
  SPEAKER_11: I'm gonna take him to the tent then.
• 2:10:31
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, and then he's uh he hears a whoa.
• 2:10:34
  SPEAKER_11: What's that?
• 2:10:35
  SPEAKER_03: So I said it's roll.
• 2:10:36
  SPEAKER_03: It's rolled out here of the planner vanguard.
• 2:10:39
  SPEAKER_03: And he comes out, he throws a flap aside, he goes, What do you want?
• 2:10:43
  SPEAKER_03: I can't no, I understand I don't understand why you're in this mood.
• 2:10:47
  SPEAKER_03: Do you think you should have led?
• 2:10:50
  SPEAKER_03: Do you think is your place leading a village or is it on the battlefield?
• 2:10:56
  SPEAKER_11: Do you think that that woman is going to listen to the likes of me when it comes to the ideas of war that I've got planned for this village?
• 2:11:07
  SPEAKER_11: She's not gonna give me what I need.
• 2:11:10
  SPEAKER_11: I needed to take that.
• 2:11:11
  SPEAKER_11: I needed to be in charge, I needed to have absolute authority.
• 2:11:15
  SPEAKER_11: She's not gonna give me that.
• 2:11:17
  SPEAKER_11: No, she will temper your will and make sure you do what's right for your people.
• 2:11:23
  SPEAKER_11: Ah, you new age leaders.
• 2:11:25
  SPEAKER_11: You don't know the ways of dwarves.
• 2:11:28
  SPEAKER_11: Leave me be.
• 2:11:32
  SPEAKER_11: I feel sorry for you.
• 2:11:34
  SPEAKER_10: Oh, you don't feel sorry for me, you feel sorry for her.
• 2:11:38
  SPEAKER_10: She's gonna cause an uprising.
• 2:11:40
  SPEAKER_10: Mark my words.
• 2:11:43
  SPEAKER_11: Well, maybe not with your wise counsel.
• 2:11:46
  SPEAKER_11: Maybe not.
• 2:11:48
  SPEAKER_11: Big on with you, Annie.
• 2:11:49
  SPEAKER_11: Let's flap fall shut again.
• 2:11:52
  SPEAKER_11: That's fine.
• 2:11:53
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:11:54
  SPEAKER_11: Um, yeah, and so the party just keeps going.
• 2:11:56
  SPEAKER_11: What do you guys want to do?
• 2:11:57
  SPEAKER_11: Do you want to do something, Drew?
• 2:11:58
  SPEAKER_00: No, I'm just done.
• 2:12:00
  SPEAKER_14: Alright, I wander over to Delphina at one point.
• 2:12:03
  SPEAKER_14: A little half half cut, in a good mood, I just turn it around and go.
• 2:12:07
  SPEAKER_14: So, uh I felt that and I pointed my head, trying to act like I'm so going, I felt that sting of yours for the first time.
• 2:12:15
  SPEAKER_14: It's got something to it.
• 2:12:17
  SPEAKER_14: But you're are you okay?
• 2:12:19
  SPEAKER_14: Just wanna make sure.
• 2:12:22
  SPEAKER_07: Am I okay?
• 2:12:23
  SPEAKER_14: When you were you know I look around.
• 2:12:26
  SPEAKER_14: Are you not drunk?
• 2:12:28
  SPEAKER_14: I'm like a little?
• 2:12:30
  SPEAKER_14: But that's we're we're out of wake.
• 2:12:32
  SPEAKER_14: Should I not be a little?
• 2:12:35
  SPEAKER_14: I'm having a good time.
• 2:12:36
  SPEAKER_14: He just smiles at you a little goofily.
• 2:12:39
  SPEAKER_14: A little goofily goes, but are you okay?
• 2:12:43
  SPEAKER_14: No.
• 2:12:44
  SPEAKER_14: We what can we do about it?
• 2:12:45
  SPEAKER_14: This is not the right place.
• 2:12:47
  SPEAKER_07: We've had this conversation.
• 2:12:48
  SPEAKER_14: He pauses for a moment and goes, Yeah?
• 2:12:51
  SPEAKER_14: Doesn't mean we can't have it again.
• 2:12:53
  SPEAKER_09: I think it does.
• 2:12:56
  unknown: Okay.
• 2:12:57
  SPEAKER_09: Ask me when you're sober.
• 2:12:58
  SPEAKER_14: I'm like, I'm half sober.
• 2:13:00
  SPEAKER_14: I'm also half drunk.
• 2:13:02
  SPEAKER_14: And he smiles at you again.
• 2:13:04
  SPEAKER_07: Go find Oleander.
• 2:13:06
  SPEAKER_14: I'm like, yes, I should find my.
• 2:13:08
  SPEAKER_14: He almost says he goes, Yes, I should go find him.
• 2:13:13
  SPEAKER_14: And he wanders off a little.
• 2:13:14
  SPEAKER_14: Pauses when he sees drinking.
• 2:13:16
  SPEAKER_14: He raises his finger towards you and goes, not now.
• 2:13:20
  SPEAKER_14: Smiles at you and keeps wandering.
• 2:13:21
  SPEAKER_01: He's a weird drunk.
• 2:13:24
  SPEAKER_01: He's dealing with a lot.
• 2:13:25
  SPEAKER_11: You walk in through your crowd and you see Drax like standing out in the in the midst of the air.
• 2:13:33
  SPEAKER_11: Brother.
• 2:13:34
  SPEAKER_11: The cold air feels good, and you he's got the flaps of his pants up and he's just a bringing his butt cheeks up.
• 2:13:41
  SPEAKER_11: Sitting in the snow.
• 2:13:43
  SPEAKER_14: I talk with my brother for a bit.
• 2:13:45
  SPEAKER_14: I'll talk with Drax if he's there.
• 2:13:47
  SPEAKER_14: Looking for Oleander to flag her over when I see her.
• 2:13:49
  SPEAKER_08: Well, Ainara is roaming the crowds.
• 2:13:52
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander is also smooching her way through the crowds, uh, listening for any ill-will amongst the um dwarves, casually checking in on each of the other candidates to see if there are hard feelings ending off with Mr.
• 2:14:15
  SPEAKER_08: Warmonger.
• 2:14:16
  SPEAKER_11: Everyone seems to be, you know, happy with the choice.
• 2:14:19
  SPEAKER_11: They kind of knew that once you guys started backing Brinda that she was gonna get it.
• 2:14:24
  SPEAKER_11: So then rather than losing face, they decided to save face and be in her good graces, then be against her.
• 2:14:31
  SPEAKER_11: Uh Jurgen is nowhere to be seen.
• 2:14:34
  SPEAKER_11: He's not in the area.
• 2:14:35
  SPEAKER_11: He stormed off after the ceremony, but he did um bow his head to Brinda.
• 2:14:41
  SPEAKER_11: It's not like he denied it for her, but he did.
• 2:14:44
  SPEAKER_11: He was very not very happy.
• 2:14:46
  SPEAKER_11: And you did see that.
• 2:14:47
  SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
• 2:14:47
  SPEAKER_11: Um, but so you know he's not happy about it.
• 2:14:49
  SPEAKER_11: And you do hear rumblings, talks of, oh, what if there's an uprising, if there's a rebels, but uh hopefully not, and it's mostly gonna be just the ramblings of drunk old dwarves.
• 2:15:01
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, and then she uh seeks out Brynja herself.
• 2:15:05
  SPEAKER_11: And you find Bringia is just standing quietly watching the remains of her former mentor and king burn.
• 2:15:12
  SPEAKER_11: And she's just standing there solemn and staring at the flames, getting lost as you do in watching fire.
• 2:15:18
  SPEAKER_08: I understand the loss that you are experiencing right now.
• 2:15:22
  SPEAKER_08: I am sorry for this.
• 2:15:24
  SPEAKER_08: It's a very emotional moment.
• 2:15:26
  SPEAKER_11: You know, he was like a father to me.
• 2:15:29
  SPEAKER_11: But he was also an idiot.
• 2:15:31
  SPEAKER_11: He made some stupid mistakes.
• 2:15:34
  SPEAKER_11: Mistakes that I learned a lot from.
• 2:15:36
  SPEAKER_11: I am concerned about Durgan, though, but I believe I can handle him.
• 2:15:42
  SPEAKER_08: What is your main concern with him?
• 2:15:44
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, he's an arrogant man.
• 2:15:47
  SPEAKER_11: Thinks he knows best all the time.
• 2:15:50
  SPEAKER_11: I will I will keep him under a watchful eye.
• 2:15:55
  SPEAKER_08: Do you think that his counsel would be beneficial to you, or do you think that he would be more of a hindrance?
• 2:16:03
  SPEAKER_11: Only time will tell that.
• 2:16:04
  SPEAKER_11: He's not the only man in this village that knows about war.
• 2:16:08
  SPEAKER_11: He has been around the longest, but that could be an asset.
• 2:16:13
  SPEAKER_11: Perhaps it could also be a hindrance.
• 2:16:15
  SPEAKER_11: I'll only find out through time and counsel.
• 2:16:20
  SPEAKER_08: But would you be able to leave without him?
• 2:16:24
  SPEAKER_08: Do you think that he would give you the best chance of advisement on what to do?
• 2:16:31
  SPEAKER_08: Do you think without him you would be able to actually make the best decisions on what to what would be.
• 2:16:38
  SPEAKER_08: I don't want you to be leaving uh not heeding his advice.
• 2:16:45
  SPEAKER_08: We are at a time of war.
• 2:16:47
  SPEAKER_08: I don't want to say it, I don't want to admit it.
• 2:16:50
  SPEAKER_08: I wish for a peaceful society, and yet nothing is peaceful anymore.
• 2:16:56
  SPEAKER_11: Well, she turns to you and she says, My good dear, you have needn't much to ask any of the men in this village what a bitch I can be if I want to.
• 2:17:06
  SPEAKER_11: I can handle this with or without any man.
• 2:17:10
  SPEAKER_11: I will take this village to war if need be, but I will do it under progress, and I will do it under the watchful eye of a good ruler.
• 2:17:19
  SPEAKER_11: I will be a good queen, I promise you, you've not made a bad choice.
• 2:17:24
  SPEAKER_08: I hold my hand out to her to shake.
• 2:17:26
  SPEAKER_11: She clasps it.
• 2:17:28
  SPEAKER_08: I look forward to being your ally.
• 2:17:32
  SPEAKER_08: And I will do what I can for you and your people, and I will look in turn for how you can support us and all of Etheria.
• 2:17:42
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:17:42
  SPEAKER_11: And she's I, and I you.
• 2:17:45
  SPEAKER_11: Now, please enjoy the celebration.
• 2:17:46
  SPEAKER_11: Oh well.
• 2:17:48
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:17:49
  SPEAKER_11: And she kind of goes back to just staring at the flames solemnly.
• 2:17:54
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander just wanders amongst the people after that.
• 2:17:57
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:17:59
  SPEAKER_11: Anybody else?
• 2:18:00
  SPEAKER_14: I cannot see how Ionar would not be with his brother and go.
• 2:18:04
  SPEAKER_14: So, um, I gave Dad's ring to Oleander and she wrapped our hands in some commitment thing last night.
• 2:18:15
  SPEAKER_14: She's your sister, I think, now.
• 2:18:17
  SPEAKER_14: Just so you know.
• 2:18:18
  SPEAKER_14: What?
• 2:18:19
  SPEAKER_14: Just so you know.
• 2:18:22
  SPEAKER_11: Did you?
• 2:18:23
  SPEAKER_11: You're dehydrated, I know.
• 2:18:24
  SPEAKER_11: Hold on.
• 2:18:25
  SPEAKER_11: Hold on, brother.
• 2:18:28
  SPEAKER_11: Did you did you bang her?
• 2:18:32
  SPEAKER_14: I give him our handshake.
• 2:18:34
  SPEAKER_14: I'm like, I'm like, said I think she's your sister now.
• 2:18:38
  SPEAKER_14: Cool.
• 2:18:42
  SPEAKER_08: Drax response.
• 2:18:44
  SPEAKER_13: I love my himbo.
• 2:18:46
  SPEAKER_13: No, no, don't you hard, brother?
• 2:18:48
  SPEAKER_13: Oh, oh, I gotta go!
• 2:18:50
  SPEAKER_11: And he runs back up.
• 2:18:53
  SPEAKER_11: Shuffling through the snow holding the back of his pants.
• 2:18:56
  SPEAKER_14: I already joins the party looking for Oleander.
• 2:18:58
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:18:59
  SPEAKER_01: Well, I'm gonna wave Oleander over.
• 2:19:00
  SPEAKER_01: You don't get to have a roll of yourself.
• 2:19:02
  SPEAKER_14: Alright.
• 2:19:02
  SPEAKER_14: I will find roll for drink over drinking.
• 2:19:07
  SPEAKER_07: Yeah, I cannot miss you.
• 2:19:09
  SPEAKER_04: This is the right place for me.
• 2:19:12
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, you Oleander, she's out and about.
• 2:19:15
  SPEAKER_11: Um, you catch her as she's coming around the corner of the hall.
• 2:19:22
  SPEAKER_08: I see Delphine, I'm waving you over.
• 2:19:25
  SPEAKER_11: She startles you.
• 2:19:29
  SPEAKER_08: I hold my hand out to Delphine, and although I've been in a very negative mood, very scared, very angry recently, I am feeling rather lighthearted right now.
• 2:19:43
  SPEAKER_08: Uh, more so than I have been in a while.
• 2:19:46
  SPEAKER_08: And I pull her towards the music.
• 2:19:51
  SPEAKER_08: I think this is a night where you need to forget your worries for about a moment.
• 2:19:58
  SPEAKER_08: I'm not saying that you ignore them completely.
• 2:20:01
  SPEAKER_01: Like, I just wanted to know what Bridgia told you, that's all.
• 2:20:06
  SPEAKER_08: That we are allies.
• 2:20:07
  SPEAKER_08: We can count on her.
• 2:20:09
  SPEAKER_01: She's sending men to Silvery Moon.
• 2:20:12
  SPEAKER_08: I didn't ask.
• 2:20:13
  SPEAKER_08: But I believed that if whatever we need, we would bet.
• 2:20:18
  SPEAKER_08: I just wanted to know that with us, with our supporting her, she would support us.
• 2:20:25
  SPEAKER_08: She would do what was best for the town.
• 2:20:28
  SPEAKER_08: You need to come and dance with me.
• 2:20:30
  SPEAKER_08: I need to talk to you.
• 2:20:32
  SPEAKER_08: I don't need to dance.
• 2:20:35
  SPEAKER_09: I was trying to find out if my house was safe, my home.
• 2:20:38
  SPEAKER_09: And I tried both my parents.
• 2:20:40
  SPEAKER_09: I asked them if I could pick the oleander, and there was no resistance.
• 2:20:43
  SPEAKER_09: Which means that now my father is somewhere that he cannot receive messages.
• 2:20:48
  SPEAKER_08: Pick the oleander.
• 2:20:50
  SPEAKER_08: So what you're saying is.
• 2:20:52
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, yeah, no.
• 2:20:54
  SPEAKER_08: Does your name mean the same as mine?
• 2:20:57
  SPEAKER_08: Do you know Elvin?
• 2:20:59
  SPEAKER_07: My house name means oleander.
• 2:21:01
  SPEAKER_08: I thought it was really funny.
• 2:21:02
  SPEAKER_08: That is the scientific name for my name.
• 2:21:05
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, that's funny.
• 2:21:07
  SPEAKER_08: Um it's weird.
• 2:21:10
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 2:21:11
  SPEAKER_08: Anyways, sorry, your family, you have you weren't able to contact them.
• 2:21:15
  SPEAKER_08: No.
• 2:21:16
  SPEAKER_08: So that means that I don't know if my father's been moved, my mother's been moved, I don't know if the barriers have been.
• 2:21:22
  SPEAKER_08: The barriers have been strengthened or expanded, or okay.
• 2:21:27
  SPEAKER_08: We will do everything we can.
• 2:21:29
  SPEAKER_08: We are going to free your family.
• 2:21:32
  SPEAKER_08: We are going to free Theron.
• 2:21:34
  SPEAKER_08: We are going to casually kick the ass of everyone that is against us.
• 2:21:42
  SPEAKER_08: We are going to defeat the thing.
• 2:21:46
  SPEAKER_08: I am angry and I am willing to do whatever it takes to protect you.
• 2:21:53
  SPEAKER_08: And to protect either, and to protect the others.
• 2:21:56
  SPEAKER_01: Is that what this is all about?
• 2:21:57
  SPEAKER_01: And I'm kind of pointing to the ink.
• 2:22:00
  SPEAKER_08: Vantor and I will take up the mantle.
• 2:22:05
  SPEAKER_08: Do you know why I didn't want to?
• 2:22:07
  SPEAKER_08: Whatever need whatever is needed.
• 2:22:08
  SPEAKER_08: Do you know now why I didn't want him on me?
• 2:22:12
  SPEAKER_08: I understand.
• 2:22:13
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 2:22:13
  SPEAKER_08: I understand why nobody wanted Ventor.
• 2:22:16
  SPEAKER_08: Ventor is dangerous.
• 2:22:18
  SPEAKER_08: I saved Einar from the threat of Ventor.
• 2:22:24
  SPEAKER_08: From the influence of Ventor.
• 2:22:26
  SPEAKER_08: However, as much as we all dislike the asshole, and I say it very loud for Ventor to hear.
• 2:22:32
  SPEAKER_08: He is now my stuck with him.
• 2:22:36
  SPEAKER_08: Him and I will work together.
• 2:22:37
  SPEAKER_08: Him and Sarax.
• 2:22:39
  SPEAKER_08: And the other one.
• 2:22:40
  SPEAKER_08: Yes.
• 2:22:40
  SPEAKER_08: Saravi and the others.
• 2:22:42
  SPEAKER_08: Saravik and Sara.
• 2:22:45
  SPEAKER_08: Saravi.
• 2:22:49
  SPEAKER_08: I know nothing of Sarax.
• 2:22:52
  SPEAKER_08: I know that Noctus is on our side.
• 2:22:56
  SPEAKER_08: Ventor currently is on my side.
• 2:22:59
  SPEAKER_08: Keep him under control.
• 2:23:00
  SPEAKER_08: I will do what I can.
• 2:23:02
  SPEAKER_08: But at this moment, our needs are aligned.
• 2:23:07
  SPEAKER_08: Our goals are aligned.
• 2:23:08
  SPEAKER_08: Are they?
• 2:23:09
  SPEAKER_08: At this time.
• 2:23:12
  SPEAKER_08: And he is willing to work with me.
• 2:23:14
  SPEAKER_08: I don't know why he's willing to work with me when he was unwilling to work with Einar.
• 2:23:19
  SPEAKER_08: However, I think you have a stronger will than Einar.
• 2:23:22
  SPEAKER_08: I am more stubborn.
• 2:23:24
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 2:23:25
  SPEAKER_09: He's a man.
• 2:23:25
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:23:26
  SPEAKER_11: He's a man.
• 2:23:27
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, so the party wanes on, the night gets long, and people start to filter back to their tents and whatnot.
• 2:23:35
  SPEAKER_11: Do you guys want to retire for the night?
• 2:23:39
  SPEAKER_14: Soon enough.
• 2:23:40
  SPEAKER_14: As it starts to wane, I do approach Drunken.
• 2:23:44
  SPEAKER_14: And I come up to him.
• 2:23:45
  SPEAKER_14: And then just knowing the course that the ink tends to take, I trace it on his arm below and go, shh I gotta just say to him.
• 2:23:52
  SPEAKER_14: You understand a little bit more now about what it means to carry one.
• 2:23:56
  SPEAKER_14: Are you still scared of it?
• 2:23:58
  SPEAKER_14: No.
• 2:23:59
  SPEAKER_14: Still a little worried though, but not scared.
• 2:24:03
  SPEAKER_14: I'm focusing on Noctus' reaction to being close to Cerevax.
• 2:24:06
  SPEAKER_14: Is it the same as being close to Ventor?
• 2:24:09
  SPEAKER_14: No.
• 2:24:09
  SPEAKER_14: No, not at all.
• 2:24:10
  SPEAKER_14: No.
• 2:24:11
  SPEAKER_14: No, he's happy about it.
• 2:24:12
  SPEAKER_09: No slap fight.
• 2:24:13
  SPEAKER_14: No slap fight.
• 2:24:14
  SPEAKER_14: He likes Cerevax.
• 2:24:15
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, he's going back to the less scared of her now than.
• 2:24:17
  SPEAKER_14: Sister-ish kind of thing.
• 2:24:18
  SPEAKER_14: Sister-ish, okay.
• 2:24:19
  SPEAKER_14: So I mentioned I won't mention that to him, but I'm just mentioning like Noctus seems to be happy to be in proximity to her again.
• 2:24:27
  SPEAKER_14: Mike, is she behaving?
• 2:24:28
  SPEAKER_14: You could probably make out with Drew and it'd be alright.
• 2:24:30
  SPEAKER_14: Whispering anything whispering anything to you?
• 2:24:32
  SPEAKER_01: He's into his sister.
• 2:24:34
  SPEAKER_04: Sorry what?
• 2:24:35
  SPEAKER_04: Whispering anything to you?
• 2:24:37
  SPEAKER_04: No.
• 2:24:37
  SPEAKER_04: How would she feel being around that uh Noctis?
• 2:24:41
  SPEAKER_11: She doesn't really like the other two.
• 2:24:43
  SPEAKER_11: She'd rather just be you and her.
• 2:24:44
  SPEAKER_11: She doesn't want anybody else involved, so she's more adept to having you keep your distance from the other inks.
• 2:24:52
  SPEAKER_11: But she doesn't mind it if you're around them.
• 2:24:54
  SPEAKER_11: She just isn't looking like excited about it.
• 2:24:57
  unknown: Cool.
• 2:25:00
  SPEAKER_14: Cool.
• 2:25:00
  SPEAKER_14: I'm glad to know that we can get along on that now.
• 2:25:04
  SPEAKER_14: At least.
• 2:25:14
  SPEAKER_04: I don't think you need another drink.
• 2:25:18
  SPEAKER_01: I'm just gonna see if the others are gonna stick around to the bitter end.
• 2:25:23
  SPEAKER_04: I have something I want to do.
• 2:25:25
  SPEAKER_04: Okay, what do you want to do?
• 2:25:26
  SPEAKER_04: Well, when I after we are, like if everybody's leaving, I have some reasoning.
• 2:25:30
  SPEAKER_11: Yep, everyone's kinda leaving like Black Swimming.
• 2:25:32
  SPEAKER_11: Do you have anything you want to do, Roled?
• 2:25:33
  SPEAKER_11: Nope.
• 2:25:34
  SPEAKER_11: Just one more look at the king and uh just pay him respects and go.
• 2:25:38
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, I mean he's burning, burning up.
• 2:25:40
  SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
• 2:25:40
  SPEAKER_11: Uh uh Brinja just seems to kind of be done with it.
• 2:25:44
  SPEAKER_11: She's now making her way out and saying our goodnights, saying her goodbyes.
• 2:25:47
  SPEAKER_11: The other dignitaries are gone.
• 2:25:49
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, Jugen is nowhere to be seen.
• 2:25:52
  SPEAKER_04: He's passed.
• 2:25:53
  unknown: No.
• 2:25:53
  SPEAKER_14: He's still at his tent.
• 2:25:54
  SPEAKER_04: We don't know if you're the only one.
• 2:25:56
  SPEAKER_04: I think he's okay.
• 2:25:58
  SPEAKER_04: I'll walk up to her, say congratulations.
• 2:26:02
  SPEAKER_04: Hopefully everything works out.
• 2:26:04
  SPEAKER_04: And then I will head to my room.
• 2:26:07
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, you head to your room.
• 2:26:08
  SPEAKER_11: Anyone else?
• 2:26:10
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, did that.
• 2:26:12
  SPEAKER_11: Same thing?
• 2:26:13
  SPEAKER_11: Yep.
• 2:26:13
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 2:26:14
  SPEAKER_08: I just enjoy myself for the rest of the evening amongst the dwarves.
• 2:26:18
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:26:20
  SPEAKER_08: Back to my room.
• 2:26:20
  SPEAKER_11: Back to your room.
• 2:26:21
  SPEAKER_11: Einer?
• 2:26:22
  SPEAKER_11: I'm with You're with her.
• 2:26:25
  SPEAKER_14: Winding it down.
• 2:26:26
  SPEAKER_14: He slowed down the drinking at that point.
• 2:26:28
  SPEAKER_14: He had some fun.
• 2:26:31
  SPEAKER_14: So if you started noticing that he was off kilometers.
• 2:26:34
  SPEAKER_03: Of the town, at least, just because everyone's, you know, sort of off their car.
• 2:26:38
  SPEAKER_11: Sure, yeah.
• 2:26:38
  SPEAKER_11: You walk around, you walk by um, you walk just the same kind of route that you've always done, you know, around all the walls and stuff like that.
• 2:26:45
  SPEAKER_11: You walk back by Durgen's tent, the light is still on, but you don't hear anything from inside.
• 2:26:50
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:26:50
  SPEAKER_11: Um, and then you walk, continue to walk around, you don't find anything.
• 2:26:54
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, that's good.
• 2:26:54
  SPEAKER_11: Then I will go to bed.
• 2:26:56
  SPEAKER_11: Dude, there is a yeah, are you looking for anything specific or?
• 2:27:00
  SPEAKER_03: Well, I'm just more that like anything that could be coming from outside the town or anything that, you know, could be, I don't know.
• 2:27:06
  SPEAKER_03: This is when people are most off their guard, so I figure it's worth at least taking a look around for anything suspicious.
• 2:27:13
  SPEAKER_03: Okay, roll for an investigation check.
• 2:27:15
  SPEAKER_06: Sure.
• 2:27:17
  SPEAKER_11: Uh 21.
• 2:27:18
  SPEAKER_11: 21?
• 2:27:19
  SPEAKER_11: Sure.
• 2:27:19
  SPEAKER_11: Um, yeah, you do find there's a couple of things that are off putting.
• 2:27:23
  SPEAKER_11: There's a couple that are making out in the corner.
• 2:27:25
  SPEAKER_11: You kind of see them.
• 2:27:29
  SPEAKER_11: Realize it's us.
• 2:27:30
  SPEAKER_11: Heavy petting and groping and groaning.
• 2:27:32
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, whatever.
• 2:27:32
  SPEAKER_11: Um as you go by Durgen's tent, you notice that there are not just one set of footprints, there are now two sets of footprints that go into his tent.
• 2:27:40
  SPEAKER_11: Oh yeah.
• 2:27:41
  SPEAKER_11: And then there's uh there's a couple that are stumbling back.
• 2:27:46
  SPEAKER_03: Uh they look to be inebriated, but they're kind of fighting and bickering with each other, but well, if I see another set of footprints, I'll at least listen slightly while I'm by Durgan's tent just to see if I hear anything coming from in there.
• 2:27:58
  SPEAKER_11: You don't hear anything.
• 2:28:02
  unknown: Okay.
• 2:28:03
  SPEAKER_03: But the lights are still on and stuff?
• 2:28:05
  SPEAKER_03: The lights are on.
• 2:28:06
  SPEAKER_03: There's the uh flicker of the like the candle in his room.
• 2:28:10
  SPEAKER_03: No snores, no nothing?
• 2:28:11
  SPEAKER_03: Nothing.
• 2:28:12
  SPEAKER_03: Okay, I'm probably gonna check on his tent then.
• 2:28:14
  SPEAKER_03: I guess I'm gonna go in.
• 2:28:15
  SPEAKER_11: You go in?
• 2:28:16
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, I'll take a look inside.
• 2:28:18
  SPEAKER_11: You walk in and you find Durgen lying on the ground with a dagger hole in his heart.
• 2:28:25
  SPEAKER_11: Dead.
• 2:28:26
  SPEAKER_11: Son of a bitch.
• 2:28:27
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:28:28
  SPEAKER_11: Is that how she handles?
• 2:28:32
  SPEAKER_03: Bridge?
• 2:28:34
  SPEAKER_03: God, I hope not.
• 2:28:34
  SPEAKER_03: Because if so, then we're gonna make a horrible error.
• 2:28:37
  SPEAKER_03: No, we've got a pattern in developing what the witch is killing shit right now.
• 2:28:40
  SPEAKER_08: Everything's terrible everywhere we go.
• 2:28:43
  SPEAKER_08: That's our pattern, everything's awesome.
• 2:28:44
  SPEAKER_03: I just sigh to myself, and uh, I don't know, I'm looking for any signs of disturbance, like, you know, footprints or anything of the sort.
• 2:28:54
  SPEAKER_03: Wasn't the king killed with a dagger?
• 2:28:56
  SPEAKER_03: We don't know how it's now.
• 2:28:57
  SPEAKER_11: It seems very like it doesn't seem it just seems like somebody walked in, spoke, and stabbed him in the heart, and took whatever they used to kill him and left.
• 2:29:07
  SPEAKER_11: Wait.
• 2:29:08
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, because there's nothing there.
• 2:29:09
  SPEAKER_11: Doesn't look like any signs of the struggle.
• 2:29:12
  SPEAKER_03: Okay, I think I'm gonna go get Drucan for uh that good old uh it seems like we can talk to the dead normally.
• 2:29:21
  SPEAKER_02: Normally?
• 2:29:22
  SPEAKER_03: Well, we have been, I should say.
• 2:29:25
  unknown: We have done that in the past.
• 2:29:26
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, so I am uh Drunken, are you still at the party?
• 2:29:29
  SPEAKER_03: I guess I don't actually know.
• 2:29:30
  SPEAKER_03: Okay, well, I guess I'm still there.
• 2:29:32
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:29:33
  SPEAKER_03: Well, I'll go into the party and uh I'll just sort of whisper that to uh Oleander.
• 2:29:39
  SPEAKER_03: Or I'll try and find Oleander and we're still there.
• 2:29:42
  SPEAKER_08: I gotta speak with Ed.
• 2:29:44
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, okay.
• 2:29:45
  SPEAKER_03: I see.
• 2:29:45
  SPEAKER_03: I think we should really go find out and see if there's anything we can find out before anyone else knows this has happened.
• 2:29:50
  SPEAKER_08: I completely agree.
• 2:29:52
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 2:29:52
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:29:53
  SPEAKER_03: We sneak off then?
• 2:29:55
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 2:29:55
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:29:56
  SPEAKER_03: Oh, I guess you can come to Einar.
• 2:29:57
  SPEAKER_03: Are you there?
• 2:29:58
  SPEAKER_03: Are you there?
• 2:29:59
  SPEAKER_03: Are you sleeping?
• 2:30:00
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:30:00
  SPEAKER_03: I guess we could get the rest of the people's.
• 2:30:03
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, you definitely would I think you would want the whole party there, yeah.
• 2:30:05
  SPEAKER_11: So too.
• 2:30:06
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:30:06
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:30:07
  SPEAKER_03: Oh, alright.
• 2:30:13
  SPEAKER_03: Oleander is.
• 2:30:16
  SPEAKER_03: But if we all disappear, then it's gonna look suspicious.
• 2:30:19
  SPEAKER_08: Everybody is enjoying it.
• 2:30:22
  SPEAKER_08: Mm-hmm.
• 2:30:22
  SPEAKER_08: No, I guess everyone else is already gone.
• 2:30:24
  SPEAKER_03: I guess it's just the three of us gone.
• 2:30:26
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:30:27
  SPEAKER_08: This is kind of important.
• 2:30:28
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, that was already gone.
• 2:30:30
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, you guys are both here left, so it doesn't matter.
• 2:30:32
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, yeah, they're blah.
• 2:30:32
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, so just the three of us then you could come to the bottom.
• 2:30:35
  SPEAKER_14: No, we're gonna get them.
• 2:30:36
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, yeah, you would want to get the button.
• 2:30:40
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, that's what I think.
• 2:30:41
  SPEAKER_14: I mean, we're gonna assist.
• 2:30:42
  SPEAKER_14: Let's get the others.
• 2:30:43
  SPEAKER_08: Yes, um, Oleander will come in and look at the war mask.
• 2:30:50
  SPEAKER_03: As we're leaving, though, I do want to see if uh anyone notices that we're leaving.
• 2:30:54
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, we're gonna be able to do that.
• 2:30:54
  SPEAKER_03: Sure, roll uh roll investigation.
• 2:30:56
  SPEAKER_03: Um sorry about that would be perception.
• 2:30:59
  SPEAKER_11: Perception.
• 2:31:00
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, it's probably the same plus uh 24.
• 2:31:02
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, okay.
• 2:31:02
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, you don't notice anybody in the rest of you.
• 2:31:04
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, you're good.
• 2:31:05
  SPEAKER_11: Um as you said, you know, maybe bridge to you what are you sorry?
• 2:31:07
  SPEAKER_11: What are you doing on the address?
• 2:31:09
  SPEAKER_08: Um I I'm coming in and I'm I'm ready to cast speak with dead because we're all there.
• 2:31:14
  SPEAKER_11: We're all there.
• 2:31:15
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, I would assume you're all there.
• 2:31:16
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I answered the door in my underwear.
• 2:31:18
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:31:19
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, okay.
• 2:31:21
  SPEAKER_08: Droken's in his panties, and we can see that he's a fucking tree.
• 2:31:25
  SPEAKER_11: 100%.
• 2:31:26
  SPEAKER_11: The tripod jerkin.
• 2:31:27
  SPEAKER_11: That's right.
• 2:31:28
  SPEAKER_11: Let's believe it.
• 2:31:30
  SPEAKER_11: Droken.
• 2:31:32
  SPEAKER_08: It's not I getting you, it is Roland getting you.
• 2:31:34
  SPEAKER_04: Um you said you were.
• 2:31:36
  SPEAKER_08: No, I said we, sorry.
• 2:31:37
  SPEAKER_04: You did.
• 2:31:38
  SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
• 2:31:38
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, fine.
• 2:31:39
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander gets you and goes, damn, I picked the wrong guy.
• 2:31:43
  SPEAKER_04: And I look down and I look at you, and I'm like, yeah.
• 2:31:47
  SPEAKER_08: It is important.
• 2:31:48
  SPEAKER_08: Uh, we have somebody to speak to.
• 2:31:50
  SPEAKER_08: You need to come along right now.
• 2:31:52
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, so quietly and quickly.
• 2:31:54
  SPEAKER_08: I will draw my closing.
• 2:31:56
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:31:57
  SPEAKER_11: Uh, since you are the one casting the cell, you are the one asking the questions.
• 2:32:00
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:32:01
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:32:02
  SPEAKER_08: Um, okay, so Oleander uh uses her spell to cast Speak with Dead.
• 2:32:10
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 2:32:11
  SPEAKER_08: She surrounds the corpse.
• 2:32:13
  SPEAKER_08: She sets Grandad aside, even though Grandad is empty, but the spirits are still within her.
• 2:32:20
  SPEAKER_08: And she puts her hands on the War Master's chest and she says, Why were you slain?
• 2:32:28
  SPEAKER_11: Do you cast a spell?
• 2:32:29
  SPEAKER_08: Yes, I cast a spell.
• 2:32:30
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:32:31
  SPEAKER_11: Fair question.
• 2:32:31
  SPEAKER_11: Fair question.
• 2:32:32
  SPEAKER_11: So you cast a spell and the corpse reanimates.
• 2:32:42
  SPEAKER_11: It takes like enough breath to answer three questions very easily.
• 2:32:48
  SPEAKER_11: And the first question, it's only three, right?
• 2:32:50
  SPEAKER_11: Or the five.
• 2:32:50
  SPEAKER_11: Five, five, five questions.
• 2:32:52
  SPEAKER_11: Answer five questions very easily.
• 2:32:55
  SPEAKER_05: And it breathes, and it breathes in and goes, Oh, because I was going to overthrow the queen.
• 2:33:06
  SPEAKER_08: Why were you going to overthrow the queen?
• 2:33:18
  SPEAKER_08: Was this a friend of yours or a foe?
• 2:33:22
  SPEAKER_08: Not a friend.
• 2:33:26
  SPEAKER_08: I want you to explain to us who it was that did this to you.
• 2:33:40
  SPEAKER_05: An outsider.
• 2:33:46
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 2:33:47
  SPEAKER_08: This guy's um only have one more past, and he said it was an outsider.
• 2:33:51
  SPEAKER_08: Are we thinking I don't think Israel?
• 2:33:55
  SPEAKER_11: No, we are not thinking Israel.
• 2:34:00
  SPEAKER_11: And then he collapses back down.
• 2:34:05
  SPEAKER_03: We probably should have asked, you know, who do you think was behind the movie?
• 2:34:11
  SPEAKER_13: We can't pretend.
• 2:34:12
  SPEAKER_03: Let's not like the movie, okay.
• 2:34:16
  SPEAKER_03: No, like the movie, they keep going to a different corpse.
• 2:34:18
  SPEAKER_03: It's fine.
• 2:34:19
  SPEAKER_08: That's right.
• 2:34:20
  SPEAKER_08: That's right.
• 2:34:20
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, they went for a different corpse each time.
• 2:34:22
  SPEAKER_08: Alright, let's go find a different corpse and ask some questions.
• 2:34:25
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 2:34:25
  SPEAKER_08: Guys, he said it was an outsider.
• 2:34:28
  SPEAKER_08: We know that Brenda and her sister were most likely outside.
• 2:34:32
  SPEAKER_01: Israel and Boric.
• 2:34:33
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, sorry.
• 2:34:34
  SPEAKER_08: Sorry.
• 2:34:34
  SPEAKER_08: Isra and Boric were most likely outsiders.
• 2:34:38
  SPEAKER_08: They fake it here.
• 2:34:39
  SPEAKER_08: Pretending to be one of them, but that doesn't make them out.
• 2:34:42
  SPEAKER_08: That doesn't make them one of them.
• 2:34:44
  SPEAKER_09: There were two sets of footprints that came in here.
• 2:34:46
  SPEAKER_09: Did there's two sets of footprints that leave?
• 2:34:50
  SPEAKER_14: I know is to investigate and see if he can determine if two sets of footprints left.
• 2:34:55
  SPEAKER_14: Roll an investigation check.
• 2:34:56
  SPEAKER_14: No, I failed about it.
• 2:34:59
  SPEAKER_14: I messed up the snow.
• 2:35:01
  SPEAKER_11: What did I see?
• 2:35:02
  SPEAKER_12: He screws up the footprint.
• 2:35:03
  SPEAKER_11: Well, you all screwed up the footprints because you all walked in there.
• 2:35:06
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, I know.
• 2:35:06
  SPEAKER_11: That's why I'm asking what did I originally see?
• 2:35:08
  SPEAKER_11: What did you really see?
• 2:35:09
  SPEAKER_11: Is that you saw his footprints going in, another pair of footprints going in the back door where he went in, and then one going out the front.
• 2:35:17
  SPEAKER_11: Is what you're doing.
• 2:35:18
  SPEAKER_03: Actually, that means this is recent.
• 2:35:19
  SPEAKER_03: We actually oh some of the bitch, why didn't I chase him?
• 2:35:22
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:35:22
  SPEAKER_03: Well, these footprints should be at least be fresh enough.
• 2:35:25
  SPEAKER_03: Maybe we actually can follow this time.
• 2:35:28
  SPEAKER_08: Where did they lead?
• 2:35:29
  SPEAKER_08: Follow them.
• 2:35:30
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, let's go.
• 2:35:31
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:35:32
  SPEAKER_03: Well, that's you?
• 2:35:33
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, well, of course.
• 2:35:34
  SPEAKER_03: But we know it's in the way.
• 2:35:36
  SPEAKER_03: We can all go.
• 2:35:38
  SPEAKER_03: Sure.
• 2:35:39
  SPEAKER_03: Lead the ray.
• 2:35:41
  SPEAKER_03: Uh reasonably high.
• 2:35:44
  SPEAKER_03: 15 plus, I just don't know what my plus is, so 20 or something like that, I'm sure in proficient.
• 2:35:50
  SPEAKER_07: It's not plus 20.
• 2:35:51
  SPEAKER_03: No, no, I mean I overall 20.
• 2:35:53
  SPEAKER_03: It's 21 total.
• 2:35:55
  SPEAKER_11: You follow the footprints.
• 2:35:57
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:35:58
  SPEAKER_11: They lead you out through the camp.
• 2:36:02
  SPEAKER_11: Back to the party.
• 2:36:04
  SPEAKER_11: Son of a bitch.
• 2:36:05
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:36:07
  SPEAKER_11: Which is now mostly dispersed.
• 2:36:09
  SPEAKER_09: Is Bridg still there?
• 2:36:11
  SPEAKER_11: She's not there.
• 2:36:14
  SPEAKER_11: Is there still a lot of people there?
• 2:36:16
  SPEAKER_11: Where are some of the things?
• 2:36:17
  SPEAKER_11: The footprints are still at the party.
• 2:36:19
  SPEAKER_11: There are thousands of footprints at the party.
• 2:36:22
  SPEAKER_11: I know, but they actually went back to the party.
• 2:36:24
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, they went back to the party.
• 2:36:25
  SPEAKER_08: But Brinja couldn't be it because she's not an outsider.
• 2:36:28
  SPEAKER_08: She's been there.
• 2:36:28
  SPEAKER_08: She's been there since the previous day.
• 2:36:34
  SPEAKER_14: One of the sisters can shape shift.
• 2:36:36
  SPEAKER_14: Someone was disguised at the party and walked over.
• 2:36:39
  SPEAKER_08: I want to see if they go to Report Inn.
• 2:36:44
  SPEAKER_08: Where is Brinja's house?
• 2:36:47
  SPEAKER_11: She lives at the King's Palace.
• 2:36:52
  SPEAKER_11: She had her own, like the second has an own ward that comes off of the King's castle.
• 2:36:59
  SPEAKER_11: But she has now moved pr into the king's proper.
• 2:37:02
  SPEAKER_11: And she will start to renovate it probably the next day or the day after, but she's gonna be there for tonight.
• 2:37:07
  SPEAKER_11: That's where she's at.
• 2:37:12
  SPEAKER_08: Do we go in?
• 2:37:13
  SPEAKER_14: We need to go check on her and make sure she's not being stabbed too.
• 2:37:16
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I think we need to check on each of the other candidates.
• 2:37:18
  SPEAKER_08: Definitely bridge first.
• 2:37:20
  SPEAKER_08: And make sure her first, yes.
• 2:37:22
  SPEAKER_08: I think we need to make sure each of the other candidates are still safe.
• 2:37:25
  SPEAKER_03: Do we think the perpetrator is still here?
• 2:37:28
  SPEAKER_03: We need to act as though they are.
• 2:37:30
  SPEAKER_03: They came to the party, not the wall.
• 2:37:32
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, well, I will go to one of the merchant, there's a university guy, there was the war guy who's dead, and there's bring him.
• 2:37:45
  SPEAKER_04: I'll go to the university matters the most.
• 2:37:48
  SPEAKER_03: I just want to look around the party for who's still there and sort of like look if anyone looks out of place.
• 2:37:55
  SPEAKER_03: Look if there was a fight any blood on them, anything of that sort.
• 2:38:00
  SPEAKER_11: Yep, sure.
• 2:38:00
  SPEAKER_11: Uh roll and investigation check.
• 2:38:02
  unknown: Sure.
• 2:38:05
  SPEAKER_11: Uh 29.
• 2:38:06
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, so the party like is pretty much weighed down.
• 2:38:09
  SPEAKER_11: There's maybe a handful or a dozen people that are left that are just sloppy, sloppy drunk, barely able to stand.
• 2:38:15
  SPEAKER_11: You don't see blood on anybody, you don't see blood in the snow, you don't see any bruises, fights, battles.
• 2:38:20
  SPEAKER_11: I mean, all they're just happy drunks.
• 2:38:23
  SPEAKER_11: There are footprints that literally go off in every direction in the snow.
• 2:38:27
  SPEAKER_11: Got it back towards homes and whatever.
• 2:38:29
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, well then yeah, I'm probably going to look at uh mechanics.
• 2:38:33
  SPEAKER_08: Uh Oleander and Delphine are going directly to Brinda.
• 2:38:36
  SPEAKER_08: Do we want to argue and sneak in?
• 2:38:39
  SPEAKER_08: I will go with you too.
• 2:38:40
  SPEAKER_08: I think that we sneak in um calmly as so not to startle her.
• 2:38:47
  SPEAKER_08: We don't want her to attack us thinking that we are coming to do harm, but we want to make sure that we are um safe in case there's someone there.
• 2:38:58
  SPEAKER_03: What about the one that wanted power?
• 2:39:00
  SPEAKER_01: That was the one that just got killed.
• 2:39:02
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:39:04
  SPEAKER_11: No, no, I think he's talking about uh Kazrick.
• 2:39:09
  SPEAKER_11: Kazrick.
• 2:39:09
  SPEAKER_11: The one who just wanted power.
• 2:39:13
  SPEAKER_03: I want to go.
• 2:39:14
  SPEAKER_01: Ooh, talk to Bridgia.
• 2:39:15
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 2:39:16
  SPEAKER_01: You guys can go wherever you want to go.
• 2:39:19
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:39:19
  SPEAKER_03: I'm gonna go at least check out what says nuts to see if there's anything that would could lead back to him.
• 2:39:25
  SPEAKER_03: Kazrick?
• 2:39:25
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, Kazrick.
• 2:39:26
  SPEAKER_11: There's another foot right there.
• 2:39:27
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, so you head towards Kazrick, which people to kind of tell you they're pointing off in the direction he's got a house that's over by where the bank area is where they keep the vault.
• 2:39:36
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:39:36
  SPEAKER_11: Um, you are heading towards Brinja.
• 2:39:39
  SPEAKER_11: Is anybody going with her?
• 2:39:40
  SPEAKER_11: I'm with her.
• 2:39:40
  SPEAKER_11: You're with her?
• 2:39:40
  SPEAKER_11: I know where you're going.
• 2:39:42
  SPEAKER_11: I'm not leaving Oleana right now.
• 2:39:44
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, where are you going?
• 2:39:44
  SPEAKER_11: You're going to talk to the Barak.
• 2:39:47
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 2:39:48
  SPEAKER_11: Yes, okay.
• 2:39:48
  SPEAKER_11: He's the smart guy.
• 2:39:51
  SPEAKER_08: University maybe.
• 2:39:52
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, Barak, the college guy.
• 2:39:54
  SPEAKER_11: All right, so we'll start with uh Rold heading over uh to Kazrick.
• 2:39:59
  SPEAKER_11: You get there.
• 2:40:00
  SPEAKER_11: I'm specifically looking for the footprints, the like something that would look similar to the footprint.
• 2:40:04
  SPEAKER_11: There are footprints that lead into his house, but they go in a zigzag.
• 2:40:07
  SPEAKER_11: It looks like he's quite drinking here.
• 2:40:10
  SPEAKER_11: I'm just curious if there are other footprints that came out of the tent were there.
• 2:40:13
  SPEAKER_11: You don't see any other footprints around there.
• 2:40:16
  SPEAKER_11: No.
• 2:40:16
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:40:16
  SPEAKER_11: Um his lights are all off in his building.
• 2:40:18
  SPEAKER_11: Do you want to knock on the door?
• 2:40:19
  SPEAKER_11: No, I don't want to knock on the door.
• 2:40:21
  SPEAKER_11: I want to get close enough to see if I can hear him snoring or anything.
• 2:40:23
  SPEAKER_11: Sure, yeah.
• 2:40:24
  SPEAKER_11: So you would have to get up maybe on the second floor to try and get close to the window.
• 2:40:28
  SPEAKER_11: I can do that.
• 2:40:28
  SPEAKER_11: So go ahead and roll your acrobatics check.
• 2:40:30
  SPEAKER_11: 29.
• 2:40:31
  SPEAKER_11: 29, yeah.
• 2:40:31
  SPEAKER_11: So you easily like go up there and you get close to his window and you can hear snoring as he's lying in his bed.
• 2:40:41
  SPEAKER_03: Okay.
• 2:40:41
  SPEAKER_03: I'm just gonna wait there for a bit.
• 2:40:42
  SPEAKER_03: Who knows?
• 2:40:43
  SPEAKER_03: There's an assassin on the loose.
• 2:40:44
  SPEAKER_03: There's no point not having having a spot covered.
• 2:40:47
  SPEAKER_11: Smart, smart.
• 2:40:48
  SPEAKER_11: Drucan, you make it to Barak's place.
• 2:40:51
  SPEAKER_11: Um, you can see that his lights are still on inside his place, but you can hear like banging and crashing around inside the main area as you walk him.
• 2:41:01
  SPEAKER_11: You do see the same thing.
• 2:41:02
  SPEAKER_11: You see footprints but zigzags.
• 2:41:04
  SPEAKER_04: And I hear crashing at you just hear like a smash.
• 2:41:08
  SPEAKER_04: I barge in.
• 2:41:09
  SPEAKER_11: You barge in the door?
• 2:41:10
  SPEAKER_11: Absolutely.
• 2:41:11
  SPEAKER_11: If there's smashing going on, I'll barge in.
• 2:41:13
  SPEAKER_11: You're breaking down that door?
• 2:41:14
  SPEAKER_11: 100%.
• 2:41:14
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, roll strength check.
• 2:41:16
  SPEAKER_11: Use a Dwarven main door.
• 2:41:18
  SPEAKER_11: It's a Dwarven main door?
• 2:41:19
  SPEAKER_11: Ten.
• 2:41:21
  SPEAKER_11: Ten?
• 2:41:22
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 2:41:22
  SPEAKER_11: Bang! You hit it, and you hear Varak from the inside.
• 2:41:28
  SPEAKER_11: Who goes down?
• 2:41:29
  SPEAKER_11: Hi, it's Drouken.
• 2:41:31
  SPEAKER_04: Drukin Beau Ners and one of the vanguard.
• 2:41:33
  SPEAKER_04: I heard crashing at your place, and I want to check to see if you're okay in there.
• 2:41:39
  SPEAKER_04: Oh.
• 2:41:41
  SPEAKER_11: Hold on just a moment.
• 2:41:42
  SPEAKER_11: And you hear him fumbling with the door, and the door swings open.
• 2:41:46
  SPEAKER_11: And uh he's there, he's half undressed, and he's got his arm hanging out of his two neck, and you look on the side, and there's a vase that's fallen and smashed on the floor from a tipped over table.
• 2:41:56
  SPEAKER_11: What?
• 2:41:57
  SPEAKER_11: What?
• 2:41:58
  SPEAKER_11: I f I knocked over my my vase.
• 2:42:02
  SPEAKER_04: I just want to make sure you're okay because there's been an incident and uh we're worried about you guys.
• 2:42:11
  SPEAKER_11: Uh no, I don't think you need to worry.
• 2:42:13
  SPEAKER_11: I I'm fine, I'm fine.
• 2:42:15
  SPEAKER_11: I just need to slip it off.
• 2:42:18
  SPEAKER_11: Can I do a inside check?
• 2:42:23
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 2:42:23
  SPEAKER_11: Roll.
• 2:42:27
  SPEAKER_11: 27.
• 2:42:28
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, he's you think he's telling the truth.
• 2:42:31
  SPEAKER_11: He's just drunk and tired.
• 2:42:33
  SPEAKER_12: Just blaster.
• 2:42:35
  SPEAKER_04: Okay.
• 2:42:36
  SPEAKER_04: And I only seen one footprint staggered, so that's by him.
• 2:42:40
  SPEAKER_04: Okay, well, I will stay around, like I'll tell him have a good night.
• 2:42:44
  SPEAKER_04: Be safe.
• 2:42:45
  SPEAKER_04: And I'm gonna stay around there until I feel comfortable leaving.
• 2:42:50
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:42:50
  SPEAKER_11: You three make good.
• 2:42:51
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, what do you want to do?
• 2:42:53
  SPEAKER_08: I'm casting Major Armor.
• 2:42:54
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:42:55
  SPEAKER_08: I will prepare an Eldridge blast as we are uh approaching Gringe's home.
• 2:43:04
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, where she is.
• 2:43:06
  SPEAKER_08: Uh just in case.
• 2:43:07
  SPEAKER_08: Not if we see her, you know, uh her specifically doing anything, but if we see anything that looks like an attack.
• 2:43:17
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, so you approach the castle.
• 2:43:18
  SPEAKER_11: It's a modest castle, it's a smaller town, right?
• 2:43:21
  SPEAKER_11: Um, but there are guards outside.
• 2:43:24
  SPEAKER_11: Noticeably guards that have been fired from the tent.
• 2:43:28
  SPEAKER_11: Reassigned.
• 2:43:30
  SPEAKER_08: They just keep getting shuffled about.
• 2:43:31
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, so we kind of figure out how to post every day.
• 2:43:35
  SPEAKER_11: Um, but you do see guards walking about.
• 2:43:37
  SPEAKER_11: Uh, and uh you can see up in one of the spires, there is a light on, and what you can guess would be where Bridja is.
• 2:43:47
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:43:48
  SPEAKER_08: Uh we approach the guards.
• 2:43:49
  SPEAKER_08: The war master has been slain.
• 2:43:52
  SPEAKER_08: We need to check on Bridja.
• 2:43:54
  SPEAKER_08: We need to know that she is safe, that there is nothing nefarious.
• 2:43:59
  SPEAKER_11: Come with us.
• 2:44:00
  unknown: Yes.
• 2:44:01
  SPEAKER_08: Start walking by.
• 2:44:02
  SPEAKER_08: Please lead us to where she is.
• 2:44:04
  SPEAKER_11: They look at each other and they say hi.
• 2:44:06
  SPEAKER_11: They turn on their heels and they start walking in and they beckon you to follow them.
• 2:44:10
  SPEAKER_11: Keep your distance, though.
• 2:44:12
  SPEAKER_11: I don't want you to rate on my arse as we go through the door.
• 2:44:15
  SPEAKER_08: Would you like us to go first?
• 2:44:17
  SPEAKER_11: No.
• 2:44:18
  SPEAKER_11: And they walk up the staircase and you can see, and they beckon to more guards, and you've got four more guards join you, so now there's two guards in front.
• 2:44:26
  SPEAKER_11: There's the three of you, and then four guards behind you.
• 2:44:29
  SPEAKER_11: As they go up the stairs, and they get to the top, they come to the large oak doors that have the big steel reinforcements that are made by dwarves, and they you can hear from inside.
• 2:44:41
  SPEAKER_11: Brindja.
• 2:44:42
  SPEAKER_11: Yes, what is it?
• 2:44:45
  SPEAKER_11: Mom, we need to make entry.
• 2:44:48
  SPEAKER_11: There's been an incident.
• 2:44:50
  SPEAKER_11: Ah.
• 2:44:52
  SPEAKER_11: There's always an incident at a party.
• 2:44:55
  SPEAKER_11: Yes, come in then.
• 2:44:57
  SPEAKER_11: They come in, and you can see Brinja is standing by the mantle of the fireplace with a fire roaring.
• 2:45:01
  SPEAKER_11: Uh and she's got her hand on the mantle.
• 2:45:03
  SPEAKER_11: She's in her evening wear.
• 2:45:04
  SPEAKER_11: And she's like, What is it?
• 2:45:05
  SPEAKER_11: And she sees you three, and she's like What are you doing in my chamber?
• 2:45:10
  SPEAKER_08: Are you safe?
• 2:45:11
  SPEAKER_12: We're here to check on you.
• 2:45:12
  SPEAKER_12: I'm immediately scanning the chamber as they do this.
• 2:45:15
  SPEAKER_13: Yes, of course.
• 2:45:16
  SPEAKER_09: The master of war has been assassinated.
• 2:45:19
  SPEAKER_14: Dorgan's dead.
• 2:45:21
  SPEAKER_09: Yes.
• 2:45:22
  SPEAKER_14: He said who's done it?
• 2:45:23
  SPEAKER_14: How did he die?
• 2:45:24
  SPEAKER_14: An outsider stabbed him.
• 2:45:26
  SPEAKER_14: He set his corpse.
• 2:45:27
  SPEAKER_14: Said because he was planning to betray you?
• 2:45:34
  SPEAKER_08: It looked to be in the same manner as the king.
• 2:45:37
  SPEAKER_11: What?
• 2:45:40
  SPEAKER_11: Who could who could be getting access?
• 2:45:44
  SPEAKER_14: I'm scanning her windows right now, looking for anything suspicious.
• 2:45:48
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, roll a perception chart.
• 2:45:52
  unknown: Ten.
• 2:45:53
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, it's kind of too high up and too dark for you to really see anything important.
• 2:45:57
  SPEAKER_11: Um easily somebody could sneak up behind you, but you are still looking diligently as diligently as you can in that aspect.
• 2:46:04
  SPEAKER_11: Um she's like she speaks to her, she speaks to her two uh dwarfs, the guards, and she's like, You two, I want you to go to that tent.
• 2:46:12
  SPEAKER_11: I want you to do an investigation, I want you to get the guard awake.
• 2:46:15
  SPEAKER_11: Wake them all, get them down there.
• 2:46:18
  SPEAKER_11: We need to find out what's going on.
• 2:46:19
  SPEAKER_11: We are on lockdown.
• 2:46:21
  SPEAKER_01: The footsteps that came from his place went back to the par the wake, the party.
• 2:46:27
  SPEAKER_11: What?
• 2:46:28
  SPEAKER_11: I think it was one of our own.
• 2:46:30
  unknown: No.
• 2:46:31
  SPEAKER_08: He said it was an outsider owned an outsider.
• 2:46:34
  SPEAKER_14: He spoke of shifters.
• 2:46:36
  SPEAKER_14: Someone posing.
• 2:46:38
  SPEAKER_14: Someone as a dwarf.
• 2:46:39
  SPEAKER_14: The party's the perfect place to have hidden.
• 2:46:42
  SPEAKER_14: Aye.
• 2:46:43
  SPEAKER_11: You could be right.
• 2:46:46
  SPEAKER_11: I don't know.
• 2:46:47
  SPEAKER_11: We're gonna have to find some way to lock ourselves down.
• 2:46:53
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:46:54
  SPEAKER_11: Yes, thank you.
• 2:46:55
  SPEAKER_11: We'll take action.
• 2:46:56
  SPEAKER_09: This person apparently did it at your benefit.
• 2:47:03
  SPEAKER_11: Mine?
• 2:47:04
  SPEAKER_11: What benefit is mine to have my warmaster dead?
• 2:47:07
  SPEAKER_08: Because he was going to overthrow you, his wife.
• 2:47:10
  SPEAKER_11: I don't know about that.
• 2:47:11
  SPEAKER_08: Corpse said.
• 2:47:12
  SPEAKER_08: That doesn't necessarily mean that she wished for it, but that they wanted her.
• 2:47:19
  SPEAKER_08: Her eye who wants her in power.
• 2:47:22
  SPEAKER_11: I don't know who that could be.
• 2:47:24
  SPEAKER_08: Is there any one of your supporters that has been a little excessive in their support, a little uh more exuberant?
• 2:47:34
  SPEAKER_08: Exuberant.
• 2:47:35
  SPEAKER_12: Somebody that is The only ones that spoke to my aid were you.
• 2:47:39
  SPEAKER_11: That was it.
• 2:47:41
  SPEAKER_11: And I didn't have anybody else.
• 2:47:44
  SPEAKER_11: I asked for it, I looked for it, I never found it.
• 2:47:48
  SPEAKER_11: I don't know what to say of this.
• 2:47:49
  SPEAKER_11: I cannot make heads or tails.
• 2:47:52
  SPEAKER_11: But I can promise you this we will lock down the gates.
• 2:47:59
  SPEAKER_11: When do you plan to leave?
• 2:48:01
  SPEAKER_08: Hopefully as soon as possible.
• 2:48:03
  SPEAKER_08: We need to get Silvery Moon, but we have a couple things that we need to investigate first.
• 2:48:09
  SPEAKER_08: I was hoping for your people's physical support with us with Silvery Moon.
• 2:48:16
  SPEAKER_09: Whoa.
• 2:48:19
  SPEAKER_09: There is a force there already, but the more the better.
• 2:48:24
  SPEAKER_14: Einar is literally doing these motions, almost trying to stop everyone.
• 2:48:27
  SPEAKER_09: What?
• 2:48:29
  SPEAKER_14: This reeks of obsidian shadows.
• 2:48:32
  SPEAKER_14: I know how they operate.
• 2:48:34
  SPEAKER_14: Boric wasn't Crimson Dawn.
• 2:48:38
  SPEAKER_14: She's a link between the two.
• 2:48:40
  SPEAKER_01: Crimson Dawn is not the word.
• 2:48:42
  SPEAKER_14: They're Wretched.
• 2:48:45
  SPEAKER_14: Wretched Dawn.
• 2:48:46
  SPEAKER_14: Under the Crimson Moons.
• 2:48:48
  SPEAKER_14: This alcohol stuff is difficult.
• 2:48:52
  SPEAKER_14: No.
• 2:48:52
  SPEAKER_14: I know I draw red threads.
• 2:48:54
  SPEAKER_14: I've been right before and I point right into the rolls.
• 2:48:57
  SPEAKER_14: He's not here.
• 2:48:58
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, you're pointing out.
• 2:48:59
  SPEAKER_14: I point roll and he's not there.
• 2:49:00
  SPEAKER_11: I'm like, I look for him, but he's not there.
• 2:49:02
  SPEAKER_11: Listen, listen.
• 2:49:03
  SPEAKER_11: While I appreciate your concern and all you've done for us here, I do think you're not in any state.
• 2:49:08
  SPEAKER_09: No, he really isn't.
• 2:49:10
  SPEAKER_11: To be running an investigation tonight.
• 2:49:12
  SPEAKER_11: Allow me to handle this.
• 2:49:15
  SPEAKER_11: Please head back to your sanctuary.
• 2:49:18
  SPEAKER_11: Reach out to me tomorrow.
• 2:49:20
  SPEAKER_11: I will help you in any way that I can with your travels.
• 2:49:24
  SPEAKER_11: This is a dwarven matter.
• 2:49:26
  SPEAKER_11: I agree.
• 2:49:28
  SPEAKER_07: I'll head back.
• 2:49:29
  SPEAKER_07: I'm gonna leave Miriam though watching.
• 2:49:35
  SPEAKER_01: Like, if I can get around a neighboring building, watching into the window of her room to see if she meets with anybody.
• 2:49:43
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 2:49:45
  SPEAKER_11: She's she's open to it, and she's like, hey, fine.
• 2:49:49
  SPEAKER_14: Do not be alone with anyone.
• 2:49:51
  SPEAKER_14: Always in Paris right now.
• 2:49:54
  SPEAKER_11: The school is the same for you.
• 2:49:57
  SPEAKER_11: We must be diligent when she sends you away.
• 2:50:00
  unknown: Okay.
• 2:50:01
  SPEAKER_08: I I think we need to rest for the night.
• 2:50:03
  SPEAKER_08: It's um too much is happening right now.
• 2:50:07
  SPEAKER_08: We need a rest, and we need to be able to uh convene in the morning.
• 2:50:12
  SPEAKER_08: We need to prepare for Silvery Moon.
• 2:50:15
  SPEAKER_08: Too much is happening.
• 2:50:16
  SPEAKER_08: We cannot rest any longer.
• 2:50:18
  SPEAKER_14: I do not know what we can do about Silvery Moon as a whole.
• 2:50:22
  SPEAKER_14: I look straight to Delphine.
• 2:50:24
  SPEAKER_14: But we can strike in.
• 2:50:28
  SPEAKER_14: Get the king.
• 2:50:29
  SPEAKER_14: Get Theron.
• 2:50:31
  SPEAKER_14: We can only get a few.
• 2:50:32
  SPEAKER_14: But I trust we have this ability, especially with support.
• 2:50:35
  SPEAKER_14: We can discuss it in the morning when things are a little more stable.
• 2:50:41
  SPEAKER_14: He says he looks at his hand like.
• 2:50:45
  SPEAKER_09: Really?
• 2:50:48
  SPEAKER_09: This one.
• 2:50:49
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, it's gonna be some whiskey dick tonight.
• 2:50:52
  SPEAKER_04: Before I leave the one guy's house, I'm actually gonna cast his sending to you.
• 2:50:57
  SPEAKER_04: Delphine.
• 2:50:58
  SPEAKER_04: To Delphine.
• 2:50:59
  SPEAKER_04: And let her know that this guy that he's safe and he's okay.
• 2:51:07
  SPEAKER_01: Okay.
• 2:51:09
  SPEAKER_01: We're going back to the inn.
• 2:51:11
  SPEAKER_01: Brynn just been informed.
• 2:51:15
  SPEAKER_01: She's asked us to return.
• 2:51:18
  SPEAKER_04: I will stay for a little bit longer and then I will go back to my route.
• 2:51:22
  SPEAKER_08: Maybe try and collect roll on the way back.
• 2:51:24
  SPEAKER_08: Don't want him to get frostbite.
• 2:51:25
  SPEAKER_11: I don't know where he is.
• 2:51:26
  SPEAKER_11: Well he did tell you that he was heading off in that direction, so you knew.
• 2:51:30
  SPEAKER_08: I thought you were heading to the other, to the other.
• 2:51:34
  SPEAKER_11: That's what you the first thing you said was I'm gonna go check on that.
• 2:51:38
  SPEAKER_11: You know where it is.
• 2:51:39
  SPEAKER_11: So you're able to fully collect them then if you want to.
• 2:51:42
  SPEAKER_03: Sure.
• 2:51:42
  SPEAKER_03: Okay, I guess that's fine.
• 2:51:43
  SPEAKER_08: I don't want him to get frostbite.
• 2:51:45
  SPEAKER_03: Are there sending guards here or anything?
• 2:51:47
  SPEAKER_03: Or you don't have to be.
• 2:51:48
  SPEAKER_11: As you are leaving, you see now the city guards are now flooding the streets again.
• 2:51:52
  SPEAKER_11: And they're they're checking on each of the dignitaries and guards.
• 2:51:55
  SPEAKER_11: We've had the doors.
• 2:51:57
  SPEAKER_04: I'll walk up to one of the guards and see if you'll just check on me.
• 2:52:00
  SPEAKER_04: He's okay in his house.
• 2:52:02
  SPEAKER_04: But if you want to put some guards over there just in case.
• 2:52:04
  SPEAKER_11: Hey, that's what we're in a set of guards.
• 2:52:07
  SPEAKER_14: I take all the under by the hand and pull her towards the towards the end.
• 2:52:11
  SPEAKER_14: Gently.
• 2:52:14
  SPEAKER_14: When we get to the door, I'll pick her up and carry him, carry her through the door.
• 2:52:20
  SPEAKER_03: Well, protecting does nothing.
• 2:52:24
  SPEAKER_14: I'm not gonna be able to find the colour.
• 2:52:26
  SPEAKER_14: Although I will pause by Drax's room.
• 2:52:27
  SPEAKER_03: We don't think killer is essentially the same.
• 2:52:30
  SPEAKER_03: Through the door.
• 2:52:32
  SPEAKER_03: The same one that uh that essentially was Isra?
• 2:52:36
  SPEAKER_03: I guess we didn't see those brinks.
• 2:52:39
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 2:52:40
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah, they're all back now.
• 2:52:41
  SPEAKER_08: At the end we just wanting to keep watch on one of their homes.
• 2:52:47
  SPEAKER_08: I have Miram watching Grinja.
• 2:52:49
  SPEAKER_08: Miram's gonna follow Grinja.
• 2:52:52
  SPEAKER_14: We've done our parts for them.
• 2:52:53
  SPEAKER_14: What about us?
• 2:52:53
  SPEAKER_14: We need to fortify this building.
• 2:52:56
  SPEAKER_14: We could be targets too.
• 2:52:58
  SPEAKER_14: Some of us are at least paired up, but she's right.
• 2:53:01
  SPEAKER_14: Perhaps you should pair up tonight.
• 2:53:04
  SPEAKER_07: Dolphin's making a fake.
• 2:53:06
  SPEAKER_14: I've checked on Drax.
• 2:53:07
  SPEAKER_14: He is okay.
• 2:53:09
  SPEAKER_14: For now.
• 2:53:11
  SPEAKER_14: I will be okay.
• 2:53:13
  SPEAKER_14: I can have a chance.
• 2:53:14
  SPEAKER_14: I could we could do watches again.
• 2:53:17
  SPEAKER_14: If you won't, I'm I'll take those watches.
• 2:53:20
  SPEAKER_09: I have my own alarm.
• 2:53:22
  SPEAKER_14: There's a lot going on.
• 2:53:22
  SPEAKER_11: So he's gonna just have a rest?
• 2:53:25
  SPEAKER_11: Yes.
• 2:53:25
  unknown: Yeah.
• 2:53:28
  SPEAKER_03: I just don't know if there's anything to do.
• 2:53:30
  SPEAKER_08: We have no information and I I share your concern, but we're also not what all further we can do.
• 2:53:37
  SPEAKER_08: We're not familiar enough with the citizens, so we don't know if we see somebody we recognize or don't.
• 2:53:42
  SPEAKER_14: No, exactly.
• 2:53:44
  SPEAKER_14: I will stay alert as long as uh as a uh as alert as long as I can.
• 2:53:49
  SPEAKER_14: I don't I'm used to light nights and sleepless nights and operating under conditions.
• 2:53:54
  SPEAKER_14: My powers are at my full disposal and half of them reset when the sun rises.
• 2:53:59
  SPEAKER_03: This doesn't feel right.
• 2:54:00
  SPEAKER_03: The king being killed and then immediately about in this town.
• 2:54:12
  SPEAKER_12: This is again, this has got to be connected.
• 2:54:14
  SPEAKER_08: I mean, I wouldn't I would like to be able to rely on their support.
• 2:54:19
  SPEAKER_08: However, we don't know the stability of this town.
• 2:54:23
  SPEAKER_14: Did Yulius say anything to you about the ongoings of the of the Obsidian shadows right now and what they're dealing with them?
• 2:54:32
  SPEAKER_14: Because he just says that they're the ones in each town, not the wretched dawn.
• 2:54:36
  SPEAKER_08: They just said that they are dealing with an uptick in their activities.
• 2:54:41
  SPEAKER_08: That's it.
• 2:54:42
  SPEAKER_14: They were the primary thing that brought down not the Wretched Dawn, it was them that brought down Crystalborough.
• 2:54:49
  SPEAKER_14: Without them, Crystal Burrow could not have fallen.
• 2:54:53
  SPEAKER_14: They may think they are peons.
• 2:54:54
  SPEAKER_14: They're getting something out of this, obviously, but they're more than peons.
• 2:54:57
  SPEAKER_14: They are the tool, they are the scalpel that is causing this.
• 2:54:59
  SPEAKER_14: They are here, they were probably in Silver Moon.
• 2:55:02
  SPEAKER_09: And have you been looking?
• 2:55:04
  SPEAKER_14: I'll admit, we fell one off on that through Crystal Burrow, and this didn't seem like the right place for them, as I must admit, my experience with the Wretched Dawn has been human and blending in there, but why would they not blend in in any time?
• 2:55:18
  SPEAKER_01: I can only focus on so many threats at a time.
• 2:55:20
  SPEAKER_01: Some of you do have to do some of the watching.
• 2:55:23
  SPEAKER_08: We can't criticize him for not noticing Wretched Dawn members.
• 2:55:29
  SPEAKER_08: All of us are on the lookout, and all of us are lacking in finding any.
• 2:55:35
  SPEAKER_01: I didn't see any marks when I did my spell before on any members of the council or anyone else who was in that council chamber.
• 2:55:43
  SPEAKER_08: There are so many opportunities.
• 2:55:46
  SPEAKER_08: Any anybody for any reason, it doesn't even have to be the wretched dawn.
• 2:55:50
  SPEAKER_08: This could be a personal grudge.
• 2:55:52
  SPEAKER_08: This could be a political scheme.
• 2:55:55
  SPEAKER_08: This could be other dwarven villages.
• 2:56:01
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, exactly.
• 2:56:02
  SPEAKER_08: That's the point.
• 2:56:03
  SPEAKER_08: Is that there are so many reasons that this could have happened.
• 2:56:08
  SPEAKER_08: We cannot hold everything to ourselves.
• 2:56:12
  SPEAKER_08: We cannot we cannot carry this weight.
• 2:56:16
  SPEAKER_04: And at this moment, the guards and her, they are taking care of it.
• 2:56:21
  SPEAKER_04: We can't always be the saviors of everybody.
• 2:56:25
  SPEAKER_04: Well, we have our own stuff we have to deal with.
• 2:56:28
  SPEAKER_04: Myself personally, I want to go to Silvery Moon to see if her paper if her family's alive.
• 2:56:36
  SPEAKER_04: That's my priority right now.
• 2:56:38
  SPEAKER_04: Yes, it sucks that what's going on right now, but she's got her guards on guard.
• 2:56:43
  SPEAKER_04: There's nothing else great.
• 2:56:45
  SPEAKER_03: Potentially anyone of note that left the party and then came here.
• 2:56:48
  SPEAKER_03: Do you think we know about a thousand people?
• 2:56:50
  SPEAKER_03: Like Well, not us.
• 2:56:52
  SPEAKER_03: Wouldn't someone be able to notice something like that?
• 2:56:55
  SPEAKER_04: We can ask them in the party.
• 2:57:01
  SPEAKER_14: Well, Brent did say this is a dwarf of matter now.
• 2:57:03
  SPEAKER_14: We've done what we can for her there.
• 2:57:07
  SPEAKER_04: If you want to be able to stand back with the party.
• 2:57:11
  SPEAKER_04: But at this point, there's nothing I can do to find out which one out of this whole town left the party and came back.
• 2:57:20
  SPEAKER_14: What we need to do about this now is be prepared ourselves.
• 2:57:24
  SPEAKER_14: Protect ourselves from anything that could happen.
• 2:57:27
  SPEAKER_14: And while I agree with you, Silvery Moon should probably be our priority.
• 2:57:32
  SPEAKER_14: There is perhaps one thing we might want to consider while we're still in this area.
• 2:57:37
  SPEAKER_14: The Pools of Era, I say looking to Delphine, might be able to help the two of us still.
• 2:57:43
  SPEAKER_14: I do not know if it's something we visit now or later, but I thought just to bring up again.
• 2:57:50
  SPEAKER_14: As we are, as I understand, fairly close to them, or their supposed area.
• 2:57:58
  SPEAKER_08: I'm not going to waste however many days it's gonna take us to face almost certain death again.
• 2:58:08
  SPEAKER_08: And in the meantime, my parents could be being tortured and killed.
• 2:58:14
  SPEAKER_08: Theron could be being tortured.
• 2:58:16
  SPEAKER_08: Theron is being tortured.
• 2:58:18
  SPEAKER_04: And at this point, we don't even know if those pools are real because there's a story.
• 2:58:21
  SPEAKER_04: He holds his than I want to go with this.
• 2:58:25
  SPEAKER_08: Do you really want to do this?
• 2:58:26
  SPEAKER_14: He holds his hands up defensively and goes, or not defensively, but hesitantly goes, I can handle the bat.
• 2:58:32
  SPEAKER_14: And we stood in front of an ancient white dragon.
• 2:58:37
  SPEAKER_14: I'm more worried about you, Delphine, if you need assistance with what you are dealing with.
• 2:58:42
  SPEAKER_14: Now you're worried.
• 2:58:43
  SPEAKER_14: Now we're in the area at a point where it actually matters.
• 2:58:46
  SPEAKER_14: It didn't.
• 2:58:47
  SPEAKER_14: There's nothing we could have done before now.
• 2:58:49
  SPEAKER_14: Right now we're at a divergent path.
• 2:58:52
  SPEAKER_14: It's something we can come back to.
• 2:58:55
  SPEAKER_14: Do you Saving your parents in Silvering Moon does us no good if we lose you?
• 2:59:01
  SPEAKER_14: Are you okay to keep going there?
• 2:59:03
  SPEAKER_08: If you had a chance to save Julin, would you?
• 2:59:07
  SPEAKER_14: Well.
• 2:59:08
  SPEAKER_08: Or would you go on a selfish journey for yourself?
• 2:59:11
  SPEAKER_14: Is the cost me over him?
• 2:59:13
  SPEAKER_14: Because my father would not have approved of me in sacrifice of him.
• 2:59:17
  SPEAKER_07: Would you, if you had a chance to save Julin, would you have done it?
• 2:59:21
  SPEAKER_14: Again, at the sacrifice of.
• 2:59:22
  SPEAKER_07: If you had a chance to save Oleander, would you do it?
• 2:59:25
  SPEAKER_14: Yeah, I'd sacrifice myself for Oleander.
• 2:59:27
  SPEAKER_07: There you go.
• 2:59:29
  SPEAKER_14: And it's settled.
• 2:59:30
  SPEAKER_14: I wanted to give you the choice.
• 2:59:32
  SPEAKER_08: There is no choice.
• 2:59:34
  SPEAKER_08: That I understand.
• 2:59:36
  SPEAKER_08: Do you want to watch the town roll?
• 2:59:38
  SPEAKER_03: I'm tired of losing these.
• 2:59:40
  SPEAKER_08: Welcome to our lives.
• 2:59:42
  SPEAKER_03: These city and shot can never seem to catch anyone.
• 2:59:48
  SPEAKER_14: I hate I I hate to say this, because this is gonna sound callous.
• 2:59:52
  SPEAKER_14: While there is no doubt terrifying and scary things going on here right now.
• 2:59:58
  SPEAKER_14: No, this is a win.
• 3:00:00
  SPEAKER_14: I did not I do not wish ill upon the victims.
• 3:00:06
  SPEAKER_14: But he was going to be a problem to what is going on here and to the peace here, and him out of the way leaves what we are clearly noticing as the right choice.
• 3:00:16
  SPEAKER_14: We don't have a devil in charge here.
• 3:00:18
  SPEAKER_14: We have someone who will care for the place.
• 3:00:20
  SPEAKER_14: Who her first reaction was to do the right thing.
• 3:00:22
  SPEAKER_14: Listen to the people bringing information to them and deploy guards and wake things up while also not panicking everyone and honestly relieving us of the burden that we should not be dealing with.
• 3:00:33
  SPEAKER_03: Rather than imposing upon us and asking us to solve their problems, she wants to hurry us out right away.
• 3:00:39
  SPEAKER_03: That is very suspicious.
• 3:00:41
  SPEAKER_03: Silvering Moon is a bigger problem than the murder of several dwarves.
• 3:00:49
  SPEAKER_14: Why does she want us to leave so fast?
• 3:00:52
  SPEAKER_14: I don't think she wants us to leave so soon.
• 3:00:54
  SPEAKER_14: She wants us fast.
• 3:00:55
  SPEAKER_04: If you're worried they're rolled, then stay up forbidden figure it out.
• 3:01:00
  SPEAKER_04: Roll Nobody's stopping you from doing what you want to do.
• 3:01:03
  SPEAKER_14: You see, Einar, perk up.
• 3:01:05
  SPEAKER_14: My brother is near unconscious.
• 3:01:08
  SPEAKER_14: Do you wish to be the shadow to the darkness and patrol the night?
• 3:01:14
  SPEAKER_14: Fine, sorta.
• 3:01:18
  SPEAKER_14: I guess so.
• 3:01:20
  SPEAKER_14: I turn to you.
• 3:01:22
  SPEAKER_14: And I th oh yeah, Nargo, I know where I should be tonight, but I know where I'm needed.
• 3:01:28
  SPEAKER_14: I'll come back to you in a little bit.
• 3:01:31
  SPEAKER_08: If you're alright with that.
• 3:01:34
  SPEAKER_08: Being by my side is not necessary.
• 3:01:36
  SPEAKER_08: I know where your allegiance lies.
• 3:01:39
  SPEAKER_08: Go where you are truly needed right now.
• 3:01:42
  SPEAKER_14: I give her a kiss.
• 3:01:44
  SPEAKER_14: And then turning to Roll, I nod and I say, I'll be your shadow despite your name.
• 3:01:49
  SPEAKER_14: And I go invisible.
• 3:01:51
  SPEAKER_14: And I motion as I as I'm fading out of existence, I just kind of motion towards the door for him.
• 3:01:56
  SPEAKER_11: You're about to go on patrol with a drunk iron.
• 3:01:59
  SPEAKER_14: Oh half drunk!
• 3:02:00
  SPEAKER_03: Half drunk, but yes, he's off.
• 3:02:03
  SPEAKER_03: I I don't know if patrol is even pointful.
• 3:02:05
  SPEAKER_03: Like it just seems that there's just something wrong here, and I can't really and you're perfect at hiding.
• 3:02:12
  SPEAKER_14: We are silent shadows that people can't see.
• 3:02:13
  SPEAKER_14: That's how we can I actually said in the dark.
• 3:02:15
  SPEAKER_14: I said we are silent shadows in the night.
• 3:02:17
  SPEAKER_14: People cannot see us.
• 3:02:19
  SPEAKER_14: We see what they what they do without us knowing.
• 3:02:22
  SPEAKER_03: Alright, well, I think the best thing is just to observe regender or whatever her name is.
• 3:02:26
  SPEAKER_03: Rinja.
• 3:02:28
  SPEAKER_11: I'll pick an easier name next time, guys.
• 3:02:30
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, right.
• 3:02:30
  SPEAKER_03: No, I think it's very I like Brindia.
• 3:02:34
  SPEAKER_08: Ninja.
• 3:02:36
  SPEAKER_14: If we're watching her place, I tell him I just feel like something's wrong.
• 3:02:40
  SPEAKER_14: I tell him that I can watch the top part of the roof, and I jump up as silently as possible onto the roof because I'm in jump mode.
• 3:02:46
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 3:02:46
  SPEAKER_11: You guys are gonna watch Brindja's place?
• 3:02:49
  SPEAKER_11: I guess that's what we're gonna do.
• 3:02:50
  SPEAKER_03: What would you rather do?
• 3:02:51
  SPEAKER_03: I don't think there's anything else to do.
• 3:02:53
  SPEAKER_03: There's no real leads or anything.
• 3:02:55
  SPEAKER_03: And she just seems suspicious, unfortunately.
• 3:02:58
  SPEAKER_11: Whoever this killer is is methodical, is deviant, and very careful.
• 3:03:06
  SPEAKER_14: I put ball bearings around her windows.
• 3:03:08
  SPEAKER_14: I'm gonna take my ball bearings out actually, and I'm gonna put them around the outsides of her windows on the roof.
• 3:03:12
  SPEAKER_14: I know I was going full paranoid mode, and I know and I check in every 15 minutes telepathically with Roll, just to I know you hate my voice in your head.
• 3:03:20
  SPEAKER_14: How are because I'm up on the roof, Mike, all clear.
• 3:03:23
  SPEAKER_14: I just check, sort of check out.
• 3:03:25
  SPEAKER_11: And Roll, what do you do when they're Drukin?
• 3:03:27
  SPEAKER_11: I'm retiring to my room.
• 3:03:28
  SPEAKER_04: Okay, Delphine?
• 3:03:29
  SPEAKER_04: I know there's nothing I can do.
• 3:03:31
  SPEAKER_08: Oleander, as uh Druken walks into his room and closes the door, timidly knocks on the door.
• 3:03:39
  SPEAKER_08: Druken.
• 3:03:41
  SPEAKER_04: I open my door and I say, yes.
• 3:03:44
  SPEAKER_08: I am sorry to bother you.
• 3:03:46
  SPEAKER_04: Son hammer.
• 3:03:47
  SPEAKER_08: But I kinda need somebody to meditate with me, and I kinda need you and Delphine, please.
• 3:03:56
  SPEAKER_08: It's the hour one, right?
• 3:03:57
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, it's necessary for our future.
• 3:04:01
  SPEAKER_04: Um yeah.
• 3:04:03
  SPEAKER_08: You know, I'll be there for a safety.
• 3:04:05
  SPEAKER_08: Thank you.
• 3:04:06
  SPEAKER_08: And I drag him along back to Delphine, and Delphine's like calmly bagged getting into her light sleeping clothes.
• 3:04:13
  SPEAKER_11: She's got like cream on her face.
• 3:04:15
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 3:04:16
  SPEAKER_08: Delphine, Delphine, may we come in for an hour, please?
• 3:04:21
  SPEAKER_08: Or you can come to my room.
• 3:04:23
  SPEAKER_08: I just know yours is bigger, and therefore you would be more able to scroll out.
• 3:04:30
  SPEAKER_08: And then Draken and I crawl onto the bed with Delphine.
• 3:04:34
  SPEAKER_08: Take your boots off! We take our boots off and meditate together.
• 3:04:40
  SPEAKER_11: Alright, you do you do your thing.
• 3:04:42
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 3:04:43
  SPEAKER_11: And what do you get out of that?
• 3:04:45
  SPEAKER_08: I am going to redo Revivify for my uh spirit session.
• 3:04:51
  SPEAKER_11: You two spend the night outside Bridges Castle.
• 3:04:57
  SPEAKER_11: Safely guarded by ball bearings.
• 3:05:04
  SPEAKER_11: Far be it for anybody on rollerblades to break in to this castle.
• 3:05:10
  SPEAKER_11: Well, I just know there'd be noise if they're I know, I'm just making light of it.
• 3:05:15
  SPEAKER_11: Um the night goes by uneventfully.
• 3:05:22
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
• 3:05:23
  SPEAKER_11: Dawn breaks.
• 3:05:25
  SPEAKER_11: You two are without a long rest.
• 3:05:29
  SPEAKER_04: Doesn't affect me.
• 3:05:31
  SPEAKER_04: I want to do one thing before he goes to bed.
• 3:05:34
  SPEAKER_04: What's that?
• 3:05:35
  SPEAKER_04: After we do our ritual, I want to actually pray to the Raven Queen.
• 3:05:41
  SPEAKER_04: Because I want to ask her a certain question.
• 3:05:44
  SPEAKER_04: What question would you like to ask her?
• 3:05:47
  SPEAKER_04: I I want to know if she knows if Theron is okay.
• 3:05:54
  SPEAKER_04: Because I know he's part of the Raven Queen, and I want to know.
• 3:06:01
  SPEAKER_11: So you close your eyes in the comfort of your own room.
• 3:06:05
  SPEAKER_11: You pray to the Raven Queen.
• 3:06:08
  SPEAKER_11: You're asking the matron to appear and give you answers.
• 3:06:13
  SPEAKER_04: About a fellow champion, yes.
• 3:06:17
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 3:06:20
  SPEAKER_11: You feel that familiar sense of falling.
• 3:06:24
  SPEAKER_11: And you find yourself standing again in that room of nothing, ankle deep in white, cold water.
• 3:06:35
  SPEAKER_11: This time there is no vision of the Raven Queen that appears before you, just a feeling, a sensation, and it passes right through you, and you get a chill that goes right to your bones.
• 3:06:46
  SPEAKER_11: Your question echoes throughout this space.
• 3:06:50
  SPEAKER_11: And you can hear it a thousand times as it whispers and then booms and then echoes and then echoes and then echoes.
• 3:06:58
  SPEAKER_11: And you hear her voice.
• 3:07:03
  SPEAKER_11: Why are you so concerned about this champion?
• 3:07:09
  SPEAKER_11: When you don't even care if he lives or dies.
• 3:07:13
  SPEAKER_04: It's not true.
• 3:07:14
  SPEAKER_04: If I didn't really care if he lives or dies, he'd be dead already without me healing him and helping out.
• 3:07:20
  SPEAKER_04: I do care if he lives.
• 3:07:22
  SPEAKER_04: You do care.
• 3:07:23
  SPEAKER_04: Of course I care.
• 3:07:25
  SPEAKER_04: You care for him.
• 3:07:26
  SPEAKER_04: In some ways, yes.
• 3:07:29
  SPEAKER_10: Why do you hide that feeling from your friends, Dukan?
• 3:07:34
  SPEAKER_04: Because that's my feeling that nobody else needs to know right now.
• 3:07:38
  SPEAKER_04: Right now, it is my worry about one of my close friends that I need to know if he's okay.
• 3:07:51
  SPEAKER_10: Your champion that you question me about.
• 3:07:56
  SPEAKER_10: He lives.
• 3:08:02
  SPEAKER_10: But we don't know for how long.
• 3:08:05
  SPEAKER_11: And then with that, you feel yourself being pulled wrapped out of the water.
• 3:08:12
  SPEAKER_11: And you're back in your hours have passed.
• 3:08:17
  SPEAKER_11: And you fall back in your bed exhausted.
• 3:08:25
  SPEAKER_11: We'll take a break break.
• 3:08:27
  SPEAKER_01: This is your resident Tiefling.
• 3:08:29
  SPEAKER_01: I would ask your permission to pause before we return to our work.
• 3:08:33
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, so it is now dawn.
• 3:08:36
  SPEAKER_11: Okay?
• 3:08:36
  SPEAKER_11: What do you guys want to do?
• 3:08:38
  SPEAKER_14: Oh, visible now.
• 3:08:40
  SPEAKER_14: Einar comes off beside uh from the roof beside Rold.
• 3:08:44
  SPEAKER_14: Nashia says, She was stirring and moving around still last time I checked.
• 3:08:50
  SPEAKER_14: I think we can probably call it a get a couple hours ourselves of just letting our muscles rest.
• 3:08:58
  SPEAKER_03: So yeah.
• 3:09:01
  SPEAKER_14: As I start to head off, I just turn back over my shoulder and briefly look at them.
• 3:09:05
  SPEAKER_14: I go, you know, we have a lot more in common than we have not in common, Roll.
• 3:09:11
  SPEAKER_14: And I continue to walk off towards the uh towards the hut.
• 3:09:15
  SPEAKER_14: I don't think there's any it's dawn, so I won't need to waste any more ball bearings on windows.
• 3:09:20
  SPEAKER_14: Even though I do check each of the windows of my compatriots to make sure they're safe, and then retire to Oleander.
• 3:09:27
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 3:09:28
  SPEAKER_11: So then you you do get a few hours of sleep.
• 3:09:31
  SPEAKER_11: Um it's not a rest, not even a half rest.
• 3:09:34
  SPEAKER_11: He won't even sleep, he just doesn't sleep.
• 3:09:35
  SPEAKER_11: But uh morning breaks, you guys can hear a rustle and a bustle about.
• 3:09:40
  SPEAKER_11: Um, and you can hear uh a gathering of soldiers outside of your guys' building.
• 3:09:50
  SPEAKER_08: Uh I hear the rustle outside, and this gives me bad memories of a shit happening in Crystalboro.
• 3:10:03
  SPEAKER_08: I want to gather all of my stuff quickly before letting anyone know that I am awake.
• 3:10:12
  SPEAKER_14: I haven't been awake, seeing her do this, calmly and methodically helps her gather her stuff.
• 3:10:18
  SPEAKER_14: As in between each thing, he starts just gathering different parts of his equipment and putting it on and getting ready, as he's mostly helping her gather her stuff calmly.
• 3:10:26
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 3:10:27
  SPEAKER_08: Um I go to wake the others very quietly.
• 3:10:31
  unknown: Okay.
• 3:10:32
  SPEAKER_04: You guys are already awake, I believe.
• 3:10:33
  SPEAKER_01: Delphine's been awake for hours.
• 3:10:34
  SPEAKER_04: No.
• 3:10:35
  SPEAKER_04: I walk out of my room and I walk over to Delphine's room and I knock on the door quietly.
• 3:10:40
  SPEAKER_04: Open the door.
• 3:10:42
  SPEAKER_04: And I say, Can I come in?
• 3:10:44
  SPEAKER_04: I have something I need to talk to you about.
• 3:10:47
  SPEAKER_08: Probably, I think, a few things, but sure.
• 3:10:50
  SPEAKER_04: One thing is very important.
• 3:10:53
  SPEAKER_04: That you need to know.
• 3:10:55
  SPEAKER_09: Fine.
• 3:10:56
  SPEAKER_09: Mummy and daddy can stop fighting for a moment.
• 3:10:58
  SPEAKER_09: Come on in.
• 3:11:00
  SPEAKER_04: As I walk in, I will I'll look at you and called you daddy.
• 3:11:07
  SPEAKER_04: She called me daddy.
• 3:11:08
  SPEAKER_08: Not that same way.
• 3:11:11
  SPEAKER_08: We are their mummy and daddy.
• 3:11:14
  SPEAKER_04: So I will look at you and I'm gonna I'll tell you, I talked to the Raven Queen last night.
• 3:11:22
  SPEAKER_04: About Sarah Bax?
• 3:11:23
  SPEAKER_04: No.
• 3:11:24
  SPEAKER_04: About Theron.
• 3:11:25
  SPEAKER_09: Why haven't you talked to her about Theron?
• 3:11:28
  SPEAKER_04: So to say this properly, Theron is like me.
• 3:11:39
  SPEAKER_04: We both go for the same queen.
• 3:11:43
  SPEAKER_07: I don't understand.
• 3:11:44
  SPEAKER_04: He is part of the Raven Queen's champions.
• 3:11:49
  SPEAKER_04: Don't ask me how, because I do not know.
• 3:11:52
  SPEAKER_07: Since when?
• 3:11:53
  SPEAKER_07: How long have you done that?
• 3:11:55
  SPEAKER_04: It was the night that I got my ring.
• 3:12:00
  SPEAKER_04: I found out.
• 3:12:01
  SPEAKER_04: I want to find out a certain way to tell you, but this is the way I'm telling you now.
• 3:12:07
  SPEAKER_04: Um she told me he's still alive, but she doesn't know for how long.
• 3:12:14
  SPEAKER_07: Why?
• 3:12:19
  SPEAKER_07: How does he know that you know?
• 3:12:23
  SPEAKER_14: Yes.
• 3:12:24
  SPEAKER_07: He told you.
• 3:12:25
  SPEAKER_14: Correct.
• 3:12:27
  SPEAKER_14: Oh, he's trouble.
• 3:12:32
  SPEAKER_04: He were here right now.
• 3:12:35
  SPEAKER_04: Yes, I understand.
• 3:12:36
  SPEAKER_04: I I I I totally understand.
• 3:12:39
  SPEAKER_04: He didn't want me to really say anything at that point.
• 3:12:43
  SPEAKER_04: He said he was a champion.
• 3:12:45
  SPEAKER_04: He said he was a champion.
• 3:12:46
  SPEAKER_07: Did he prove it, or is he just bullshitting you because he knew you wanted to punch him in the face?
• 3:12:51
  SPEAKER_04: The only way that I know it's true, because I didn't believe him at first.
• 3:12:56
  SPEAKER_04: The only way I know it's true is the Raven Queen did say it.
• 3:13:02
  SPEAKER_04: That she's that he's alive.
• 3:13:04
  SPEAKER_08: Oh my god, that bitch ruins everything she touches.
• 3:13:09
  SPEAKER_04: I thought I would you'd like to be able to do it.
• 3:13:11
  SPEAKER_04: How did you become how I don't know?
• 3:13:13
  SPEAKER_04: That I do not know.
• 3:13:15
  SPEAKER_04: I don't know.
• 3:13:16
  SPEAKER_08: But how did you become her champion?
• 3:13:18
  SPEAKER_04: When I died, she brought me back.
• 3:13:21
  SPEAKER_08: He died?
• 3:13:22
  SPEAKER_04: I'm assuming so.
• 3:13:24
  SPEAKER_04: Maybe there's another way that he could have been a champion.
• 3:13:26
  SPEAKER_04: I don't know.
• 3:13:27
  SPEAKER_04: This is how I became it.
• 3:13:29
  SPEAKER_04: I don't know anything about that side of it.
• 3:13:33
  SPEAKER_04: So don't get mad at me because it.
• 3:13:35
  SPEAKER_07: Oh, I will be mad at whoever I want to be mad at.
• 3:13:38
  SPEAKER_04: But I'm just letting you know that he is alive right now, and I know you can't talk to him at the moment, but he is alive.
• 3:13:46
  SPEAKER_04: I thought you want to know.
• 3:13:49
  SPEAKER_07: Dauphine is just she want you know not to get close to her because she's probably gonna punch something right now.
• 3:13:59
  SPEAKER_04: Okay.
• 3:14:00
  SPEAKER_07: How why did you never tell me?
• 3:14:05
  SPEAKER_07: Why do you not tell us anything?
• 3:14:07
  SPEAKER_04: It's not true, I tell you stuff.
• 3:14:10
  SPEAKER_04: Because it wasn't my it's not my place to tell you.
• 3:14:12
  SPEAKER_07: Bullshit.
• 3:14:13
  SPEAKER_04: I mean it's on him to tell you.
• 3:14:17
  SPEAKER_08: That was a big cop out there.
• 3:14:24
  SPEAKER_11: Oh, Drew could think we've got to go this way, did you, buddy?
• 3:14:27
  SPEAKER_04: That's alright.
• 3:14:28
  SPEAKER_11: You can take it however.
• 3:14:29
  SPEAKER_07: She needs she just needs a moment.
• 3:14:30
  SPEAKER_04: She's it's it's not my decision.
• 3:14:33
  SPEAKER_04: Yeah, but it's not my decision to tell you what he is.
• 3:14:37
  SPEAKER_07: So she she knows he's alive.
• 3:14:39
  SPEAKER_04: Yes.
• 3:14:40
  SPEAKER_04: But she doesn't know what's alive.
• 3:14:41
  SPEAKER_07: You can't do anything to help him.
• 3:14:42
  SPEAKER_07: What good is she?
• 3:14:44
  SPEAKER_04: Because he's in the bubble of no magic.
• 3:14:47
  SPEAKER_04: What do you want?
• 3:14:49
  SPEAKER_07: I want what to do.
• 3:14:51
  SPEAKER_07: I want to stop being fucked around.
• 3:14:53
  SPEAKER_08: That's what I want.
• 3:14:54
  SPEAKER_07: Well, you could yell at your fucking boyfriend for that.
• 3:14:57
  SPEAKER_04: Oh, he's not my boyfriend.
• 3:14:59
  SPEAKER_04: Sorry, your ex-fiance, but still, beyond that, it's not my place to tell you what he's doing with his life.
• 3:15:08
  SPEAKER_04: That is on him.
• 3:15:10
  SPEAKER_04: I'm just letting you know that he is alive and we need to get down there to go get him.
• 3:15:15
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, of course I know we need to get down there and get him.
• 3:15:18
  SPEAKER_08: I'm sorry, I'm sorry.
• 3:15:20
  SPEAKER_08: I'm sorry.
• 3:15:21
  SPEAKER_08: Sorry.
• 3:15:22
  SPEAKER_08: I have a lot of heightened things right now.
• 3:15:26
  SPEAKER_14: Are you Pika again?
• 3:15:32
  SPEAKER_07: Says the voice from me.
• 3:15:34
  SPEAKER_08: Ethereal plane.
• 3:15:36
  SPEAKER_13: Pikachu.
• 3:15:37
  SPEAKER_13: My name feels like a look of death directly.
• 3:15:40
  SPEAKER_08: Pika in it.
• 3:15:45
  SPEAKER_07: Thank thank you, Drucan, for telling me.
• 3:15:52
  SPEAKER_13: And then I leave.
• 3:15:54
  SPEAKER_13: Probably a good idea.
• 3:15:56
  SPEAKER_08: Delphine's just gonna like grip her locket and like feist like grip.
• 3:16:02
  SPEAKER_11: Is there anything anybody else wants to do when they wake up?
• 3:16:05
  SPEAKER_08: I want to see why.
• 3:16:06
  SPEAKER_08: I want to peek up the window and see why we can hear a bunch of guards.
• 3:16:11
  SPEAKER_11: You see Brinja standing out front waiting for your guys' emergence, and there is a small army of dwarves that she has at her command.
• 3:16:22
  SPEAKER_08: This is fucking Raven Shade all over again, guys.
• 3:16:25
  SPEAKER_08: Are you with are we all out together?
• 3:16:27
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I can't, because I said I came over.
• 3:16:29
  SPEAKER_08: Oh yeah, you gather and gather everyone.
• 3:16:31
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
• 3:16:31
  SPEAKER_08: Quietly, I said.
• 3:16:33
  SPEAKER_08: Delphine's a little angrier than normal.
• 3:16:35
  SPEAKER_08: That's okay.
• 3:16:35
  SPEAKER_08: Delphine's a little Oleander is so angry she doesn't even notice that Delphine is angry.
• 3:16:41
  SPEAKER_14: Um I try to steady Oleander and say, This could be some of the contingent that we might be taking with us.
• 3:16:48
  SPEAKER_14: It doesn't have to be Ravenshade.
• 3:16:51
  SPEAKER_14: Last night did not end contentious, it ended up with us protecting her.
• 3:16:55
  SPEAKER_08: Are we going out there?
• 3:16:58
  SPEAKER_08: Do we want to ask her what's up or do we just want to split?
• 3:17:03
  unknown: No.
• 3:17:04
  SPEAKER_14: Do you want me to I can get away from that?
• 3:17:06
  SPEAKER_08: I have many miles of teleportation ink.
• 3:17:10
  SPEAKER_08: I can make us a circle right now and take us somewhere.
• 3:17:12
  SPEAKER_08: I want you guys to prepare yourselves.
• 3:17:14
  SPEAKER_04: So I think that'd be a good idea, because that would make us look suspicious.
• 3:17:18
  SPEAKER_08: I don't want us to disappear for no reason.
• 3:17:20
  SPEAKER_08: However, I want us to be prepared.
• 3:17:23
  SPEAKER_08: I do not feel good about what is happening here.
• 3:17:26
  SPEAKER_08: We are being surrounded.
• 3:17:27
  SPEAKER_08: This is bullshit.
• 3:17:28
  SPEAKER_08: However, I'm gonna go out and I'm gonna schmooze the fuck out of this situation.
• 3:17:34
  SPEAKER_14: Before you exit, either pause as your shoulder.
• 3:17:38
  SPEAKER_14: I'd like to do an insight check to try to see if I can determine like do they look aggressive, do they look passive?
• 3:17:44
  SPEAKER_11: That's literally what I'm looking for.
• 3:17:45
  SPEAKER_11: The stats of the dwarves.
• 3:17:46
  SPEAKER_11: Your insight check would not apply to just looking out of a window at a group.
• 3:17:50
  SPEAKER_11: You would have to be speaking to them.
• 3:17:52
  SPEAKER_11: You don't just get to look at somebody and decide whether or not they're threatening or not.
• 3:17:57
  SPEAKER_11: You have to be there and interacting with them.
• 3:18:00
  SPEAKER_12: That would do it in warning.
• 3:18:01
  SPEAKER_11: You can have a roll perception check, but I think 14.
• 3:18:08
  SPEAKER_11: 20.
• 3:18:09
  SPEAKER_11: They look to be standing in attention.
• 3:18:12
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 3:18:12
  SPEAKER_08: Well, that's all I can think, guys, is I can step out.
• 3:18:17
  SPEAKER_14: This is probably nothing.
• 3:18:18
  SPEAKER_14: They don't seem aggressive.
• 3:18:20
  SPEAKER_08: Guys, we maybe we just got fucked over in the last town that we were in.
• 3:18:24
  SPEAKER_08: We get fucked over.
• 3:18:27
  SPEAKER_08: They are preparing for war.
• 3:18:29
  SPEAKER_08: They are suspicious.
• 3:18:30
  SPEAKER_08: And I don't want to take chances with our lives.
• 3:18:34
  SPEAKER_08: So they are looking for someone to blame, and I don't want us to be that someone that gets blamed.
• 3:18:42
  SPEAKER_14: How quickly can you get us out of here, Dr.
• 3:18:44
  SPEAKER_08: I can misty step out while you prepare?
• 3:18:48
  SPEAKER_08: Actually.
• 3:18:49
  SPEAKER_14: Do you have another option?
• 3:18:50
  SPEAKER_08: If you can have something prepared so that I can potentially misty step back and we need to.
• 3:18:57
  SPEAKER_08: Can someone go get Dirac's out of his room?
• 3:19:00
  SPEAKER_08: Oh, he's with you.
• 3:19:00
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 3:19:02
  SPEAKER_08: Finished pooping.
• 3:19:02
  SPEAKER_14: I say we all go out.
• 3:19:04
  SPEAKER_08: Where would you want to go?
• 3:19:06
  SPEAKER_08: No, we can't all go out.
• 3:19:07
  SPEAKER_08: The dwarf in place.
• 3:19:09
  SPEAKER_08: We can't all go out because if we all go out and they're planning something, we will all be captured.
• 3:19:14
  SPEAKER_08: If one of us is there, they will wait, thinking that the rest of us will come.
• 3:19:20
  SPEAKER_08: I have the best chance of looking the least threatening and the most likely.
• 3:19:25
  SPEAKER_08: Can we go all the way out?
• 3:19:27
  SPEAKER_08: Fuck no! I will open the door and I will stand in the doorway.
• 3:19:30
  SPEAKER_08: We must all be within ten feet of each other.
• 3:19:32
  SPEAKER_14: I can miss you stupid.
• 3:19:34
  SPEAKER_14: Hide behind me.
• 3:19:34
  SPEAKER_07: No, we can all be within ten.
• 3:19:36
  SPEAKER_07: I need with I need us within ten feet.
• 3:19:39
  SPEAKER_14: Everyone around the door frame gathered full leader will determine.
• 3:19:42
  SPEAKER_14: Take us out if we have to, otherwise, we can come out and see you.
• 3:19:45
  SPEAKER_08: Just be on the other side of the door.
• 3:19:46
  SPEAKER_08: I will hold my hand on the door so that you guys can touch me.
• 3:19:50
  SPEAKER_08: I don't need to.
• 3:19:50
  SPEAKER_08: They will not see you.
• 3:19:52
  SPEAKER_08: I don't need to.
• 3:19:52
  SPEAKER_08: But you will be there within range.
• 3:19:55
  SPEAKER_08: They will not see you, and then I will appear by myself.
• 3:19:58
  SPEAKER_08: Tap the door.
• 3:20:00
  SPEAKER_07: If you want me to take us.
• 3:20:02
  SPEAKER_08: Okay, tap the door.
• 3:20:02
  SPEAKER_08: I will tap the door.
• 3:20:05
  SPEAKER_08: No, she'll have fucking teleport ready.
• 3:20:09
  SPEAKER_11: You hear a guard bang on the door.
• 3:20:11
  SPEAKER_11: Plenty of my god! You're being summoned out by the queen.
• 3:20:15
  SPEAKER_08: Alright, everybody, other side of the fucking door frame.
• 3:20:18
  SPEAKER_08: Get on the left.
• 3:20:19
  SPEAKER_08: The door opens right to left.
• 3:20:22
  SPEAKER_08: I'm preparing teleport.
• 3:20:24
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 3:20:24
  SPEAKER_08: Alright.
• 3:20:24
  SPEAKER_08: So she's been preparing it, and as it is readying, I open the door and I open it so that I am the only one in the doorway.
• 3:20:37
  SPEAKER_14: My readied action is pull her back if something shoots at her.
• 3:20:40
  SPEAKER_08: Well, it looks like you guys are prepared for something.
• 3:20:44
  SPEAKER_08: Do we need to know anything?
• 3:20:47
  SPEAKER_11: Bridge steps forward.
• 3:20:48
  SPEAKER_11: And she says, Plain of Vanguard.
• 3:20:53
  SPEAKER_11: I have brought for you a battalion for you to take with you to Silvery Moon.
• 3:20:58
  SPEAKER_08: So far in the way.
• 3:21:01
  SPEAKER_11: These are at your command for you to leave.
• 3:21:04
  SPEAKER_11: We are putting this city in lockdown shortly.
• 3:21:08
  SPEAKER_11: You either stay for the lockdown or you leave before I lock the gates and seal this place.
• 3:21:15
  SPEAKER_08: Oliander pushes the door the rest of the way open, revealing her compatriots.
• 3:21:20
  SPEAKER_08: And steps out as though she has all the confidence in the world of the support of the people.
• 3:21:26
  SPEAKER_08: Yep.
• 3:21:28
  SPEAKER_08: And she bows mildly, nodding.
• 3:21:34
  SPEAKER_08: We appreciate you.
• 3:21:35
  SPEAKER_08: We thank you.
• 3:21:37
  SPEAKER_08: What you would do here is not just for us, but it is for yourselves and for all of Hyperia.
• 3:21:44
  SPEAKER_08: Together, we are going to defeat the wretched Dawn and the Sisterhood.
• 3:21:51
  SPEAKER_08: And we are going to bring justice and peace back to all of this land.
• 3:21:57
  SPEAKER_11: She steps forward and she reaches out her hand to clasp yours.
• 3:22:00
  SPEAKER_11: She says, I trust you.
• 3:22:03
  SPEAKER_11: And I hope to see you again soon someday, under better circumstances.
• 3:22:09
  SPEAKER_08: Leander shakes her hand and says, Yes, we will return.
• 3:22:14
  SPEAKER_08: I promise.
• 3:22:16
  SPEAKER_11: I hope so.
• 3:22:18
  SPEAKER_11: These men are at your command.
• 3:22:22
  SPEAKER_11: And there's eight of them.
• 3:22:23
  unknown: Okay.
• 3:22:24
  SPEAKER_08: We will do everything we can to protect these men.
• 3:22:28
  SPEAKER_08: And they will aid everything that we are doing.
• 3:22:31
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 3:22:32
  SPEAKER_08: There you go.
• 3:22:33
  SPEAKER_08: Top being says, let's get the fuck on with it.
• 3:22:35
  SPEAKER_08: And she starts walking to the temple for the television circle.
• 3:22:38
  SPEAKER_03: I'm gonna go up to Bridge quick, to Bridgin.
• 3:22:41
  SPEAKER_03: Bring quickly.
• 3:22:42
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 3:22:43
  SPEAKER_03: And just whatever name is.
• 3:22:45
  SPEAKER_08: Her mates now.
• 3:22:46
  SPEAKER_08: Bridge.
• 3:22:49
  SPEAKER_03: I think it's because the name is Bridge, anyways, that's why.
• 3:22:52
  SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
• 3:22:53
  SPEAKER_03: So I like Bridget.
• 3:22:55
  SPEAKER_03: But yes, just to sort of, you know, to sort of lean in and just say, you know, be wary.
• 3:23:00
  SPEAKER_03: Obviously, something is about.
• 3:23:03
  SPEAKER_03: If you can think of anyone who may have left the party in return, it's something to watch out for.
• 3:23:10
  SPEAKER_11: They're likely involved.
• 3:23:12
  SPEAKER_11: You are quite wise, Rogue.
• 3:23:15
  SPEAKER_11: But I don't think that will narrow it down.
• 3:23:20
  SPEAKER_11: There's a lot of people moving and leaving, but I will be b I will be diligent.
• 3:23:25
  SPEAKER_14: As Rogue steps off, I will give my bid, my adieu to her.
• 3:23:30
  SPEAKER_14: I say to her, I cannot honestly tell you the changes I have gone through in your city.
• 3:23:38
  SPEAKER_14: You name us as permanent residents and friends.
• 3:23:41
  SPEAKER_14: I name you as allies and companions.
• 3:23:45
  SPEAKER_14: If you need our help, call.
• 3:23:48
  SPEAKER_14: We'll do everything we can to come to your aid.
• 3:23:52
  SPEAKER_14: May your reign be prosperous, as I believe it will, and bring good fortune to your people.
• 3:23:58
  SPEAKER_11: Right, and to you as well.
• 3:24:00
  SPEAKER_14: Less winter forge and I stepped into.
• 3:24:02
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, she gives you the same thing back.
• 3:24:06
  SPEAKER_11: Thank you.
• 3:24:08
  SPEAKER_11: Your services here have been invaluable.
• 3:24:14
  SPEAKER_11: Be safe on your journey.
• 3:24:17
  SPEAKER_11: And she escorts you guys all to the temple, and you're probably already there.
• 3:24:21
  SPEAKER_11: Just frantically drawing this.
• 3:24:22
  SPEAKER_11: You're like, let's get the fuck out of this place.
• 3:24:24
  SPEAKER_11: It's cold, I don't like it, I wanna go home.
• 3:24:26
  SPEAKER_01: Well, she doesn't mind the cold, she's just she's concerned.
• 3:24:30
  SPEAKER_01: And now she's angry.
• 3:24:32
  SPEAKER_11: Rightfully so.
• 3:24:34
  SPEAKER_11: Keeping more fucking secrets from me.
• 3:24:36
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 3:24:36
  SPEAKER_11: Uh so do you finish the teleprediction circle?
• 3:24:39
  SPEAKER_11: And where are you going to bath to?
• 3:24:41
  SPEAKER_09: Well, I'm not sure that my home is safe, so I guess we'll go to the temple outside Silvery Moon.
• 3:24:48
  SPEAKER_09: Where the moon watch, maybe?
• 3:24:51
  SPEAKER_11: Moon Wardens.
• 3:24:52
  SPEAKER_11: The moon wardens.
• 3:24:53
  SPEAKER_11: Okay, the portal opens up.
• 3:24:58
  SPEAKER_11: And the uh guard are right on your heels.
• 3:25:01
  SPEAKER_11: How are you guys marching in?
• 3:25:04
  SPEAKER_08: With our feet.
• 3:25:05
  SPEAKER_11: Weird weird.
• 3:25:07
  SPEAKER_04: Weird Yeah.
• 3:25:10
  SPEAKER_14: I'll go first.
• 3:25:11
  SPEAKER_14: Before Oleander leaves, I pull her aside to look back to look back at uh and I just whisper to her, I'm like, another second home.
• 3:25:22
  SPEAKER_14: But this time we saved it.
• 3:25:24
  SPEAKER_12: We saved our first one, too.
• 3:25:26
  SPEAKER_12: She kisses him on the cheek, holds his hand, and pulls him through.
• 3:25:30
  SPEAKER_12: We walk through the court.
• 3:25:32
  SPEAKER_04: She got pulled through.
• 3:25:34
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I yanked Jeff.
• 3:25:38
  SPEAKER_11: She can yank me anytime.
• 3:25:39
  SPEAKER_11: Or me?
• 3:25:40
  SPEAKER_08: Are there is there anyone in the temple?
• 3:25:42
  SPEAKER_11: Uh just the town is crowding around.
• 3:25:44
  SPEAKER_08: No, in the in the the once we walk through the side.
• 3:25:49
  SPEAKER_11: No, you walk in, uh, you come out on the other side of the temple, and you can hear the running of feet and the sounds of alarms and stuff like that, and uh all of a sudden you get a bunch of elven guards kicking open the door to the temple and they train arrows on you.
• 3:26:04
  SPEAKER_11: Who goes there?
• 3:26:05
  SPEAKER_07: Delphine's just gonna hold her hands up and speak in Elven.
• 3:26:09
  SPEAKER_07: Like, allies, we're allies from Winterforge.
• 3:26:14
  SPEAKER_07: Ulius of Alaney has sent us.
• 3:26:17
  SPEAKER_11: And they lower it.
• 3:26:20
  SPEAKER_11: They put their bows away and they draw their swords and they say, approach.
• 3:26:24
  SPEAKER_11: Approach?
• 3:26:26
  SPEAKER_11: Yeah, we do.
• 3:26:27
  SPEAKER_11: We only have eight.
• 3:26:28
  SPEAKER_08: But we have eight.
• 3:26:29
  SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I said we come from Winterforge, hence the dwarves, and Ulius of Alaney has sent us.
• 3:26:34
  SPEAKER_11: Alright.
• 3:26:36
  SPEAKER_11: And it's like they're they're tall, proud elves, and they're beautifully adorned, long, beautiful swords.
• 3:26:45
  SPEAKER_11: Follow us.
• 3:26:47
  SPEAKER_11: And they open up the doors.
• 3:26:48
  SPEAKER_01: Do you recognize any livery or anything?
• 3:26:51
  SPEAKER_11: Most of it, yeah, you do.
• 3:26:53
  SPEAKER_11: You notice them, they're houses of nobility, but they're not.
• 3:26:56
  SPEAKER_11: They're houses of nobility that are working together.
• 3:26:58
  SPEAKER_09: Yeah, no one.
• 3:26:59
  SPEAKER_11: Because they're scattered.
• 3:27:00
  SPEAKER_11: And they're the only ones that were able to escape the city before the fall.
• 3:27:03
  SPEAKER_11: And as you walk out of the temple, you see that there is a full encampment that has been created here.
• 3:27:09
  SPEAKER_11: Tents have been popped up everywhere.
• 3:27:11
  SPEAKER_11: Um, there are uh battle areas, they've cleared out forests.
• 3:27:15
  SPEAKER_11: It's completely different from when you were last here.
• 3:27:17
  SPEAKER_11: The elves have now made this into a war camp for the rebels to fight back against the uh orcs inside Silvery Moon.
• 3:27:29
  SPEAKER_11: Off to the side, you can see Silvery Moon glowing in the morning atmosphere.
• 3:27:39
  SPEAKER_11: The fires that are burning illuminate the clouds in the sky above, and the smoke billows out and is choking the sky.
• 3:27:49
  SPEAKER_11: You can see some of the elves are standing there with their heads in their hands.
• 3:27:53
  SPEAKER_11: Some of them are beat up.
• 3:27:55
  SPEAKER_11: There is a makeshift medical tent where there are elves and other creatures that are being tended to magically and also medically as well, because some wounds are not magically healable.
• 3:28:08
  SPEAKER_11: They escort you through the camp where you see children playing and crying with their parents and families that are trying to put themselves back together while the husband is putting on armor.
• 3:28:20
  SPEAKER_11: You can see that this is uh a people on the edge of obliteration, and they are disheartened.
• 3:28:31
  SPEAKER_11: They look to you and they see this uh elf walking through in beautiful adornments, looking very regal as you walk just because of the way you were brought up.
• 3:28:44
  SPEAKER_11: And they kind of nod their heads to you as an elf would acknowledge another elf of high stature.
• 3:28:50
  SPEAKER_07: Elphine takes her father's signet ring out of her bag and puts it on.
• 3:28:55
  SPEAKER_11: Okay.
• 3:28:55
  SPEAKER_11: Uh and the elves they recognize that, and you get you do get admiration for that ring.
• 3:29:01
  SPEAKER_11: Uh lots of people know your father.
• 3:29:03
  SPEAKER_11: He's a well-liked, well-beloved man, but they also know he is missing.
• 3:29:09
  SPEAKER_11: So you get looks of sympathy, you get looks of um sadness.
• 3:29:14
  SPEAKER_11: But they take you and they weave you through, and they bring you into a tent, and it is a war tent.
• 3:29:25
  SPEAKER_11: And the elf that's been escorting you pushes aside the flap.
• 3:29:31
  SPEAKER_11: Ho! Be aware! We have guests from Winterforge.
• 3:29:38
  SPEAKER_11: I present to you General Arundel Moonshadow.
• 3:29:42
  SPEAKER_11: Our general.
• 3:29:43
  SPEAKER_11: And you see this tall, handsome as fuck elf.
• 3:29:49
  SPEAKER_09: They all are.
• 3:29:50
  SPEAKER_11: Turn around, chiseled features, long silver hair, beautiful armor, he's got a breastplate that fits him perfectly.
• 3:29:59
  SPEAKER_11: It doesn't look like he's able to even breathe with it on.
• 3:30:03
  SPEAKER_11: He's got a beautiful long uh rapier at his side.
• 3:30:08
  SPEAKER_11: And uh he comes forward and he's he's got a kind of an interesting uh voice or an accent.
• 3:30:18
  SPEAKER_11: He doesn't sound like he's from Silvery Moon, but he has a tinge of a dwarven accent that he is desperately trying to hide as he speaks, but it comes out a little bit, and he goes.
• 3:30:42
  SPEAKER_10: I've not seen the legs of that ring in a long time.
• 3:30:47
  SPEAKER_10: You or the daughter.
• 3:30:52
  SPEAKER_10: I am you do not look as I remember you.
• 3:31:03
  SPEAKER_08: And you instantly know this person.
• 3:31:05
  SPEAKER_11: You instantly recognize him.
• 3:31:07
  SPEAKER_08: Okay.
• 3:31:09
  SPEAKER_11: As Uncle Arundel.
• 3:31:14
  SPEAKER_11: Your father's brother.
• 3:31:18
  SPEAKER_08: Well, he's been missing for so long.
• 3:31:21
  SPEAKER_08: Not missing.
• 3:31:23
  SPEAKER_14: Not missing.
• 3:31:24
  SPEAKER_14: Well, he was from the city, but not from the rebels.
• 3:31:27
  SPEAKER_09: I don't understand what's going on.
• 3:31:30
  SPEAKER_11: You will.
• 3:31:32
  SPEAKER_11: I know who you are.
• 3:31:35
  SPEAKER_11: We are the moon wardens.
• 3:31:37
  SPEAKER_11: And you see, as a couple of others come out of the shadows and behind the tent, a female.
• 3:31:43
  SPEAKER_11: She hires um adornments that look to be regal as well.
• 3:31:49
  SPEAKER_11: She appears to be the second in command.
• 3:31:52
  SPEAKER_11: And then a larger, just rippling muscles walks in behind her and folds his arms.
• 3:32:01
  SPEAKER_11: And he just he's holding what looks to be like explosive material in his hand.
• 3:32:06
  SPEAKER_11: There's another woman that walks out, she's got a long bow behind her, beautiful bow, and it just glimmers silver streaks all through it.
• 3:32:17
  SPEAKER_11: And she kind of stands and she puts her hands on her hips, stands next to him.
• 3:32:21
  SPEAKER_11: And then there's another man who's tall, a tall elf, taller than all the rest, wide, broad shoulders and like a V form.
• 3:32:29
  SPEAKER_11: And he holds a long, broad sword that he rests kind of like on his shoulder as it sticks out way past the other shoulder.
• 3:32:39
  SPEAKER_11: He says, These are my generals.
• 3:32:42
  SPEAKER_14: I say out loud.
• 3:32:45
  SPEAKER_14: Well, Van and Moongarden symbol indeed.
• 3:32:52
  SPEAKER_09: How are you here, Uncle?
• 3:32:54
  SPEAKER_11: That is a long conversation for you and I to have.
• 3:32:58
  SPEAKER_11: But for now, you need to know what we know.
• 3:33:06
  SPEAKER_11: You know that this has fallen.
• 3:33:08
  SPEAKER_11: The silvery moon has fallen.
• 3:33:12
  SPEAKER_11: The wretched Dawn has got control of this city.
• 3:33:15
  SPEAKER_11: And both the eastern and the western gates are occupied.
• 3:33:20
  SPEAKER_11: We know that the walls are impenetrable due to the craftsmanship of our Elvish builders.
• 3:33:25
  SPEAKER_11: All of our attempts to approach the city have been spotted, even using magical guidance.
• 3:33:31
  SPEAKER_11: They have some sort of eyes that can spot invisibility in all stealth attempts.
• 3:33:38
  SPEAKER_11: But we have obtained a secure teleportation circle that is outside the bubble.
• 3:33:45
  SPEAKER_11: It is right up against the outside wall in a small neighborhood.
• 3:33:50
  SPEAKER_11: We are able to get a select group in through there, but it is far from the center of the city.
• 3:33:59
  SPEAKER_11: We have no plans for an assault yet.
• 3:34:03
  SPEAKER_11: But now that we have you, maybe we have a chance.
• 3:34:08
  SPEAKER_11: If we can find a way to break in, break down that magical barrier, free our spell casters.
• 3:34:16
  SPEAKER_11: We might have a hope to drive these vermin from our homes.
• 3:34:22
  SPEAKER_11: I had heard that Julius was sending aid.
• 3:34:26
  SPEAKER_10: I did not know you would be here so quickly, and Delphine, I did not expect to see you.
• 3:34:37
  SPEAKER_09: Likewise.
• 3:34:39
  SPEAKER_11: And that's where we're gonna end the section for tonight.